User Manual
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator
Technical Manual
Including Enhanced Features and
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module
Part Number 80200-00-UG
Version 2.0e
August 2007
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2.png)
REVISION HISTORY
Version Primary Author(s) Description of Version Date
Completed
1.0 Bill Dussell Initial production release of manual.
Functional descriptions expanded.
Various updates to reflect current
firmware v1.03.00.0000.
January 2007
1.1 Bill Dussell Clarifications and updates up to and
including firmware v1.08.00.000
May 2007
2.0 Bill Dussell Control Module and v2.03.00.000
firmware updates
August 2007
2.0e Bill Dussell TrimTrac ProE August 2007
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3.png)
Corporate Office
Trimble Navigation Limited
935 Stuart Avenue
Post Office Box 3642
Sunnyvale, CA 94086-3642 U.S.A.
Phone: +1-408-481-8940
1-800-545-7762
www.trimble.com
www.trimtrac.com
Copyright and Trademarks
© 1997-2007, Trimble Navigation Limited. All rights
reserved.
Trimble, the Globe & Triangle logo, and TrimTrac are
trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited, registered
in the United States and in other countries. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
The Circle & Parallelogram is a trademark of Trimble
Navigation Limited.
Release Notice
This document is release 2.0e of the TrimTracTM Pro
Locator Technical Manual, Part Number 80200-00-
UG.
THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED FOR USE BY SYSTEM
INTEGRATORS, SERVICE PROVIDERS AND APPLICATION
DEVELOPERS (COLLECTIVELY, “RESELLERS”). IT IS NOT
INTENDED FOR END-USERS OF THE TRIMTRAC PROE.
ANY END-USER DOCUMENTATION IS TO BE PREPARED
AND FURNISHED BY THE RESELLERS.
The following Product Limited Warranty gives
Resellers specific legal rights. You may have others,
which vary from state/jurisdiction to state/jurisdiction.
Patents
US Patents 6,801,853; 5,187,450; 5,311,149;
5,402,347; 5,564,098; 5,590,043; 5,592,173;
6,115,595; 6,898,234; and 6,990,140 apply.
Product Limited Warranty
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
Trimble Navigation Limited (“Trimble”) makes the
following warranty only to its Resellers who purchase
the TrimTrac hardware product (“Product”) directly
from Trimble: for a period of one (1) year from the
date of shipment from Trimble, the Product will
substantially conform to Trimble’s standard published
specifications for the Product and the Product
hardware will be substantially free from defects in
materials and workmanship. The foregoing warranty
shall not apply to embedded software/firmware
components.
THIS PRODUCT LIMITED WARRANTY IS PROVIDED TO
RESELLERS AND TO RESELLERS ONLY. RESELLER IS
SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES
MADE TO ITS CUSTOMERS, AND TRIMBLE MAKES NO
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND SHALL HAVE NO
OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITY TO RESELLER’S CUSTOMERS
OR END-USERS OF THE PRODUCT. RESELLER SHALL NOT
MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ON
TRIMBLE’S BEHALF, AND SHALL FULLY INDEMNIFY,
DEFEND AND HOLD TRIMBLE HARMLESS FROM ANY
BREACH OF THE FOREGOING.
IF RESELLER DISTRIBUTES PRODUCT TO END-USER
CUSTOMERS, RESELLER SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE
FOR PREPARING AND PROVIDING PRODUCT WARRANTIES
AND PRODUCT LITERATURE TO END-USERS.
Warranty Remedies
If the Product fails during the warranty period for
reasons covered by this Product Limited Warranty and
Reseller notifies Trimble of such failure during the
warranty period, Trimble at is option will repair OR
replace the nonconforming Product, OR refund the
purchase price paid by Reseller for the Product,
provided that Reseller returns the Product to Trimble
in accordance with Trimble’s standard return material
authorization procedures or as otherwise instructed by
Trimble.
Warranty Exclusions and Disclaimers
The foregoing Product Limited Warranty shall only
apply in the event and to the extent that (i) the Product
is properly and correctly installed, configured,
interfaced, maintained, stored and operated in
accordance with Trimble’s specifications, and (ii) the
Product is not modified or misused. This Product
Limited Warranty shall not apply to, and Trimble shall
not be responsible for, defects or performance
problems resulting from: (a) the combination or
utilization of the Product with hardware or software
products, information, data, systems, interfaces,
services or devices not made, supplied or specified by
Trimble; (b) the operation of the Product under any
specifications other than, or in addition to, Trimble’s
standard published specifications for the Product; (c)
the unauthorized installation, modification or use of
the Product; (d) damage caused by: accident, lightning
or other electrical discharge, water immersion or
spray, or exposure to environmental conditions for
which the Product is not intended; or (e) normal wear
and tear on consumable parts, including by way of
example and without limitation, batteries. TRIMBLE
DOES NOT WARRANT OR GUARANTEE THE RESULTS
OBTAINED THROUGH THE USE OF THE PRODUCT.
THE FOREGOING TERMS OF THE PRODUCT LIMITED
WARRANTY STATE TRIMBLE’S ENTIRE LIABILITY, AND
RESELLER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES, RELATING TO USE
AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT AS
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4.png)
OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS PRODUCT
LIMITED WARRANTY, THE PRODUCT, ACCOMPANYING
DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS, AND/OR ANY
EMBEDDED SOFTWARE/FIRMWARE AND UPDATES
THERETO ARE PROVIDED “AS-IS” AND WITHOUT EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, BY EITHER
TRIMBLE OR ANYONE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN ITS
CREATION, PRODUCTION, INSTALLATION OR
DISTRIBUTION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. THE STATED EXPRESS WARRANTIES
ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE
PART OF TRIMBLE ARISING OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION
WITH, THE PRODUCT.
WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE
FOREGOING:
TRIMBLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
OPERATION OR FAILURE OF OPERATION OF
GPS SATELLITES OR WIRELESS SERVICE OR
THE AVAILABILITY OF GPS SATELLITE
SIGNALS OR WIRELESS SERVICE.
THE PRODUCT MAY CONTAIN TECHNOLOGY
THAT IS NOT FAULT TOLERANT AND IS NOT
DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED OR INTENDED FOR
USE IN ENVIRONMENTS OR APPLICATIONS IN
WHICH THE FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT WOULD
LEAD TO DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY OR SEVERE
PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE OR
SEVERE FINANCIAL LOSS. ANY USE OR
DISTRIBUTION BY RESELLER OR ITS
CUSTOMERS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH
ENVIRONMENT OR APPLICATION SHALL BE AT
RESELLER’S AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ SOLE RISK,
AND TRIMBLE SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY
WHATSOEVER IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.
RESELLER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD
TRIMBLE AND ITS SUPPLIERS HARMLESS FROM
ANY CLAIM BROUGH AGAINST TRIMBLE
WHICH ARISES FROM RESELLER’S USE OR
DISTRIBUTION OF THE PRODUCT IN
CONNECTION WITH SUCH ENVIVRONMENTS OR
APPLICATIONS.
SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW
LIMITATIONS ON DURATION OR THE EXCLUSION OF AN
IMPLIED WARRANTY, SO CERTAIN OF THE ABOVE
LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO EVERY RESELLER.
Embedded Software/Firmware
The Product and associated tools, if any, may contain
embedded software/firmware, which is licensed, not
sold, and is only for use within the Product as an
integral part thereof. Such embedded
software/firmware (which includes all updates thereto)
contains valuable trade secrets and is proprietary to
Trimble and its suppliers. To the greatest extent
permitted by law, such embedded software/firmware
may not be modified, copied, disassembled,
decompiled or reverse engineered. Trimble reserves
all other rights.
Limitation of Liability
TRIMBLE’S ENTIRE LIABILITY REGARDING THE PRODUCT
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY
RESELLER FOR THE PRODUCT. TO THE MAXIMUM
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT
SHALL TRIMBLE OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE OR
LEGAL THEORY RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE
PRODUCTS, ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND
MATERIALS, AND ANY EMBEDDED SOFTWARE/FIRMWARE
AND UPDATES THERETO (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS,
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF DATA OR ANY OTHER
PECUNIARY LOSS), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER TRIMBLE
HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH
LOSS AND REGARDLESS OF THE COURSE OF DEALING
BETWEEN TRIMBLE AND RESELLER.
BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE
ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO EVERY
RESELLER.
Notices
Class B Statement – Notice to Users. This equipment
has been tested and found to comply with the limits
for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communication. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
radio or television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
– Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
– Increase the separation between the
equipment and the receiver.
– Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
– Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
Changes and modifications not expressly approved by
the manufacturer or registrant of this equipment can
void your authority to operate this equipment under
Federal Communications Commission rules.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5.png)
Regulatory Approvals
CE
The TrimTrac ProE product complies with the
essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive
1999/5/EC as stated by the EC Declaration of
Conformity (CE0681). The TrimTrac ProE product
complies with the European Telecommunications
Standards Institute Specifications ETS300-342-1
(EMC for GSM 900MHZ and DCS 1800MHZ Radio
Equipment and Systems).
EEC
The TrimTrac ProE product complies with Directive
72/245/EEC as amended by Directive 95/54/EC
(el*72/245*95/54).
FCC
The TrimTrac ProE products compliy with the FCC
Part 15, FCC Part 24, and Industry Canada
requirements. The TrimTrac ProE product complies
with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must
accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
TrimTrac ProE
FCC ID: JUPTRIMTRACE
IC ID: 1756A-TRMTRACE
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e vi
Contents
About this Manual ........................................................................................................................................ xii
Related Information ...................................................................................................... xii
Technical Assistance.................................................................................................... xiii
Minimum Information Required for Technical Assistance ......................................... xiv
Firmware Release Notes ............................................................................................. xvii
Safety First ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
Simple Guidelines........................................................................................................... 1
Detailed Safety Information ........................................................................................................................... 3
Exposure to Radio Frequency Signals ............................................................................ 3
Electronic Devices .......................................................................................................... 3
Aircraft............................................................................................................................ 4
Blasting Areas................................................................................................................. 4
Potentially Explosive Atmospheres ................................................................................ 4
For Vehicles Equipped with an Air Bag ......................................................................... 5
Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) ................................................................................... 5
Battery Safety Information ............................................................................................. 5
Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 6
Introduction..................................................................................................................... 6
TrimTrac ProE New Features and Capabilities .............................................................. 7
Application Feature Details.......................................................................................................................... 14
Communication Mode .................................................................................................. 14
GPRS Connection and Setup ........................................................................................ 14
Expanded GSM Status Codes ....................................................................................... 16
Geofences...................................................................................................................... 20
Scheduled Hours Mode................................................................................................. 26
Runtime Meters............................................................................................................. 28
Fix, Log and Reporting Rates ....................................................................................... 30
Input Modes .................................................................................................................. 31
LPA Input Delay........................................................................................................... 32
Automatic Message Log Dump .................................................................................... 33
Motion Report Flag....................................................................................................... 33
Report Delay Flag......................................................................................................... 34
Diagnostics Mode ......................................................................................................... 36
Speed Enforcement ....................................................................................................... 36
Scheduled Report Mode................................................................................................ 38
Polling........................................................................................................................... 39
Query Hold Flag ........................................................................................................... 41
Transmit Attempts ........................................................................................................ 41
Motion Sensor Override................................................................................................ 42
Variable State Timeouts for High and Medium Priority Alerts.................................... 43
Application Scenarios................................................................................................................................... 44
Introduction................................................................................................................... 44
General Considerations................................................................................................. 44
Example Applications................................................................................................... 46
Summary End-user and Installation Instructions.......................................................................................... 56
Battery Powered Units .................................................................................................. 56
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e vii
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module Equipped Units ................................................... 57
External GPS Antenna .................................................................................................. 63
Vehicle Placement Guidelines ...................................................................................... 66
Technical Tips and Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 68
Introduction................................................................................................................... 68
Requesting Technical Assistance.................................................................................. 68
TrimTrac Basic State Machine..................................................................................................................... 83
Introduction................................................................................................................... 83
State Machine Overview............................................................................................... 83
Motion Detection and Filtering..................................................................................... 85
State Machine Design Details....................................................................................... 85
Alert Handling – Vehicle Adapter or Control Module ................................................. 86
IDLE State .................................................................................................................... 88
FIX State ....................................................................................................................... 91
STATUS State .............................................................................................................. 91
TRANSMIT State ......................................................................................................... 92
QUERY State................................................................................................................ 98
DELAY State.............................................................................................................. 100
Alert Processing ......................................................................................................................................... 102
Summary of Alert Sequence Processing..................................................................... 102
Priority and Status-Levels........................................................................................... 102
High Priority Alert Processing.................................................................................... 103
Medium Priority Alert Processing .............................................................................. 104
Low Priority Alert Processing .................................................................................... 104
Server Application-side Considerations ..................................................................... 105
TrimTrac ProE Configuration .................................................................................................................... 109
Introduction................................................................................................................. 109
Provisioning Mode and Equipment ............................................................................ 109
Provisioning Set-up..................................................................................................... 109
Provisioning AT Commands....................................................................................... 116
TrimTrac ProE Defaults ............................................................................................................................. 137
Introduction................................................................................................................. 137
Security Considerations .............................................................................................. 137
Diagnostics.................................................................................................................. 138
TrimTrac Application Protocol .................................................................................................................. 140
Introduction................................................................................................................. 140
Message Format.......................................................................................................... 140
TrimTrac Application Protocol Message Summary (Sorted by Name)...................... 144
TrimTrac Application Protocol Message Summary (Sorted by Header).................... 145
TrimTrac Command and Response Summary............................................................ 146
Configuration Messages.............................................................................................. 147
Query Messages.......................................................................................................... 161
Position, Status and Response Messages.................................................................... 167
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 182
TrimTrac Part Numbers.............................................................................................................................. 183
Bibliography............................................................................................................................................... 184
Glossary...................................................................................................................................................... 185
Quick Reference Tables ............................................................................................................................. 187
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e viii
List of Tables
Table 1, Firmware Changes through v1.03.00.000......................................................... xvii
Table 2, Firmware Changes v1.03.00.000 through v1.05.00.000.................................. xviii
Table 3, Firmware Changes v1.05.00.000 through v1.06.00.000.................................. xviii
Table 4, Firmware Changes v1.06.00.000 through v1.08.00.000.................................. xviii
Table 5, Firmware Changes v1.08.00.000 through v2.03.00.000.................................. xviii
Table 6. GPRS Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands .................................... 15
Table 7, GSM Status Codes Explained............................................................................. 19
Table 8. Geofence Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands............................... 23
Table 9. Scheduled Hours Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands................... 27
Table 10. Runtime Meter Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands.................... 29
Table 11. Fix, Log and Reporting Rate Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands
................................................................................................................................... 31
Table 12. GSM Polling Options....................................................................................... 40
Table 13, Provisioning Command for Default Configuration Settings and Log Clearing 46
Table 14, Minimize Communication Costs and Query-to-Fix ........................................ 48
Table 15, Sample Non-default Commands for Query-to-Fix Configuration.................... 48
Table 16, Stationary Asset Settings ................................................................................. 49
Table 17, Sample Non-default Commands for Stationary Configuration ........................ 49
Table 18, High Performance Settings .............................................................................. 51
Table 19, Sample High Performance Settings .................................................................. 51
Table 20, Start and Stop Motion Report and In-route Report Settings............................ 52
Table 21, Sample Start and Stop Motion Report and In-route Report Settings................ 52
Table 22, Disable Module Alert Configuration Settings .................................................. 53
Table 23, Construction Equipment Monitoring Settings................................................. 54
Table 24, Sample Construction Equipment Monitoring Settings ..................................... 54
Table 25, High Priority Alert Processing........................................................................ 106
Table 26, Medium Priority Alert Processing .................................................................. 107
Table 27, Low Priority Alert Processing ........................................................................ 108
Table 28, Summary of AT Commands........................................................................... 116
Table 29, AT+CTKC Assignment .................................................................................. 117
Table 30, AT+CTKC? Query ......................................................................................... 118
Table 31, AT+CTKE Factory Default & Log Erase Command ..................................... 119
Table 32, AT+CTKF Assignment .................................................................................. 119
Table 33, AT+CTKF? Query.......................................................................................... 120
Table 34, AT+CTKJ Assignment ................................................................................... 121
Table 35, AT+CTKJ? Query .......................................................................................... 121
Table 36, AT+CTKG Assignment.................................................................................. 122
Table 37, AT+CTKG? Query ......................................................................................... 122
Table 38, AT+CTKK Assignment.................................................................................. 123
Table 39, AT+CTKK? Query ......................................................................................... 124
Table 40, AT+CTK0? Query .......................................................................................... 125
Table 41, AT+CTKP Assignment .................................................................................. 125
Table 42, AT+CTKP? Query.......................................................................................... 126
Table 43, AT+CTKX Assignment.................................................................................. 128
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e ix
Table 44, AT+CTKX? Query ......................................................................................... 130
Table 45, AT+CTKY Assignment.................................................................................. 131
Table 46, AT+CTKY? Query ......................................................................................... 133
Table 47, AT+CTKZ Assignment .................................................................................. 134
Table 48, AT+CTKZ? Query.......................................................................................... 135
Table 49, ATI Query....................................................................................................... 136
Table 50, Diagnostic LED Blink Rates........................................................................... 139
Table 51, Basic Message Format.................................................................................... 141
Table 52, Message Qualifiers ......................................................................................... 141
Table 53, Sample XOR Checksum Source Code............................................................ 143
Table 54, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Name) ........................ 144
Table 55, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Header) ...................... 145
Table 56, TrimTrac Command and Response Summary................................................ 146
Table 57, SET_ALERT_STATE Message..................................................................... 147
Table 58, SET_APP_CONFIG Message ........................................................................ 148
Table 59, SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT Message............................................................ 149
Table 60, SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG Message .............................................................. 151
Table 61, SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Message ............................................................ 153
Table 62, SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Message........................................................... 154
Table 63, SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Message................................................. 155
Table 64, SET_GPRS_SETUP _CONFIG Message ...................................................... 156
Table 65, SET_GPS_CONFIG Message ........................................................................ 157
Table 66, SET_MODULE_CONFIG Message ............................................................. 158
Table 67, SET_PROV_CONFIG Message..................................................................... 158
Table 68, QUERY_CONFIG Message........................................................................... 161
Table 69, QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUT Message ..................................................... 161
Table 70, QUERY_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Message.................................................... 162
Table 71, QUERY_LOG Message ................................................................................. 163
Table 72, QUERY_METERS Message.......................................................................... 164
Table 73, QUERY_POSITION Message ....................................................................... 166
Table 74, REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG Messages.............................................. 168
Table 75, RESP_ALERT_STATE Message................................................................... 169
Table 76, RESP_APP_CONFIG Message...................................................................... 170
Table 77, RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG Message............................................................ 172
Table 78, RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Message.......................................................... 174
Table 79, RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Message ........................................................ 175
Table 80, RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Message .............................................. 176
Table 81, RESP_GPRS_SETUP _CONFIG Message.................................................... 177
Table 82, RESP_GPS_CONFIG Message...................................................................... 177
Table 83, RESP_METERS Message .............................................................................. 178
Table 84, RESP_PROV_CONFIG Message .................................................................. 178
Table 85, RESP_Query_AGGR Message....................................................................... 179
Table 86, RESP_QUERY_LOG Message...................................................................... 179
Table 87, RESP_MODULE_APP Message ................................................................... 180
Table 88, RESP_MODULE_OUTPUT Message........................................................... 181
Table 89, TrimTrac and TrimTrac ProE Part Numbers.................................................. 183
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e x
Table 90, Basic Unit, SMS and Security Parameters, Messages and Command ........... 188
Table 91, GPS Parameters, Messages and Command .................................................... 188
Table 92, Basic State Machine Parameters, Messages and Command........................... 189
Table 93, Enhanced Feature Parameters and Defaults.................................................... 192
Table 94, Vehicle Adapter or Control Module Parameters and Defaults....................... 193
Table 95, GPRS Communication Provisioning Read/Write Parameters........................ 194
Table 96, Extended TrimTrac ProE Read/Write Parameters.......................................... 195
Table 97, Geofence Settings. .......................................................................................... 196
Table 98, Stateless Operations........................................................................................ 197
Table 99, Read-only Parameters..................................................................................... 200
Table 100, Summary of AT Commands and Defaults.................................................... 208
Table 101, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Name) ...................... 209
Table 102, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Header) .................... 210
Table 103, TrimTrac Command and Response Summary.............................................. 211
Table 104. Parameter Name Field Cross-Reference..................................................... 212
Table 105. Control Module Installation Notes .............................................................. 215
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xi
List of Figures
Figure 1. TrimTrac ProE Shown with Optional External GPS Antenna and Quick
Release Bracket........................................................................................................... 9
Figure 2. TrimTrac with Metal Bracket............................................................................. 9
Figure 3. Provisioning Module inserted into a TrimTrac ProE ....................................... 10
Figure 4. Vehicle Adapter Module inserted into a TrimTrac ProE ................................. 11
Figure 5. Control Module. ............................................................................................... 11
Figure 6. Sample Inclusive Geofence Message Log........................................................ 25
Figure 7. Sample Runtime Message Log......................................................................... 30
Figure 8. Control Module with Disconnected Stand-by Battery Leads........................... 57
Figure 9. Control Module with Stand-by Battery Leads Connected ............................... 58
Figure 10. Properly inserted SIM Card and latched holder. ............................................ 59
Figure 11. Align Arrows on base and module. ................................................................ 60
Figure 12. Module with all four corners securedly snapped into place........................... 60
Figure 13. Rubber Channel Plug Removed ..................................................................... 61
Figure 14. Vehicle Adapter Module Wires Properly Routed. ......................................... 61
Figure 15. Control Module Wires Properly Routed......................................................... 62
Figure 16. Cover in place with Wires Properly Routed.................................................. 62
Figure 17. External GPS Antenna RF Connector Plug.................................................... 64
Figure 18. External GPS Antenna RF Connector. ........................................................... 64
Figure 19. External GPS Antenna Connected to TrimTrac ProE .................................... 65
Figure 20. Vehicle Placement versus Expected Number of Reports................................ 67
Figure 21. Expected Reporting Frequencies..................................................................... 81
Figure 22. Warm Start TTFFs........................................................................................... 82
Figure 23. Summary TrimTrac Operational State Diagram ............................................. 83
Figure 24. HPA Processing in TRANSMIT ..................................................................... 94
Figure 25. MPA Processing in TRANSMIT..................................................................... 95
Figure 26. LPA Processing in TRANSMIT...................................................................... 96
Figure 27. Other Message Processing in TRANSMIT ..................................................... 97
Figure 28. TrimTrac ProE with Modules Removed. ..................................................... 110
Figure 29. Open SIM Card Holder. ............................................................................... 111
Figure 30. Properly Latched SIM Card Holder. ............................................................ 111
Figure 31. Properly Inserted Provisioning Module........................................................ 112
Figure 32. Provisioning Module Improperly Inserted. Upper Tab not Latched Properly.
................................................................................................................................. 112
Figure 33. TrimTrac ProE Connected to PC via Provisioning Module and USB A-to-A
Cable. ...................................................................................................................... 113
Figure 34. QUERY_POSITION Response Flowchart................................................... 165
Figure 35, Parameter Index (All).................................................................................... 207
Figure 36. Vehicle Adapter Module Alert Wiring Diagram........................................... 213
Figure 37. Control Module Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 214
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xii
About this Manual
Welcome to the TrimTracTM Pro Locator Technical Manual. This manual is intended for
use by system integrators, service providers and application developers (collectively,
“Resellers”). It is not intended for end-users of the TrimTrac ProE locator. Any end-user
documentation is to be prepared and furnished by the Resellers.
This manual covers the TrimTrac ProE with 2.03.00.000 and later firmware and
operating on 850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz and 1900 MHz Global System for
Mobile communication (GSM) networks.
Data and Event Reporting support is by Short Message Service (SMS), General
Packet Radio Service (GPRS), or both. This manual describes how to set up,
configure, install, operate, and troubleshoot the product. Even if you have used
other GSM or Global Positioning System (GPS) products before, Trimble
recommends that you spend some time reading this manual to learn about the
special features of this product. If you are not familiar with GSM or GPS, visit
Trimble Component Technologies’ Web site dedicated to the TrimTrac ProEduct
(www.trimtrac.com) for a look at the device, GSM and GPS. Trimble assumes that
you are familiar with Microsoft Windows (2000, XP), including HyperTerminal,
and know how to use a mouse, select options from menus and dialogs, make
selections from lists, and refer to online help.
While this manual does not apply to earlier versions of the TrimTrac locator, the
TrimTrac ProE locator is backward compatible with applications developed for
earlier versions of the TrimTrac locator.
This manual is available in portable document format (PDF) from the following
Web site: www.trimtrac.com/support .
Related Information
TrimTrac Web site at www.trimtrac.com . This site is dedicated to TrimTrac
locator. Application notes, technical notes, and other useful product information
are available from this site. These documents contain important information about
software and hardware changes.
Release notes – the release notes describe new features of the product,
information not included in the manuals, and any changes to the manuals. The
release notes, if any, are available for download from the above Web address.
Authorized partners have access to a download section of the www.trimtrac.com
Web site. To request a User Name and Password to access this download site,
please send an email to trimtrac@trimble.com . Please include all your contact
information.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xiii
Technical Assistance
If you have a problem and cannot find the information you need in the product
documentation, please contact your local Trimble Component Technologies sales office,
sales engineer or distributor. The Trimble technical support organization can be reached
by telephone at 1-800-767-4822 when dialing from within the United States, or at +1-
408-481-7921 when dialing from outside the United States.
Alternately, you can contact your nearest authorized TrimTrac distributor:
Africa:
GLT, Ltd.
PO Box: 11083
Aston Manor 1630, South Africa
Tel. +27 (0)11 396 1085
Fax. +27 (0)11 396 1201
www.gpslt.com
Australia, New Zealand and South
Pacific Islands:
GeoSystems, Ltd.
PO Box 8160
Christchurch
Tel: +64 (0)3 963 2858
Fax: +64 (0)3 963 2857
www.geosystems.co.nz
Europe:
GLT, Ltd.
Henfield Business Park, Shoreham Rd
Henfield, W. Sussex, UK BN5 9SL
Tel. 44 (0)1273 491414
Fax. 44 (0)1273 491772
www.gpslt.com
Latin America:
Topp Data Solutions
3055 NW 84 Avenue
Doral, FL 33122 USA
Tel: +1 786-331-3303
Fax: +1 786-331-3304
www.toppdatasolutions.com
North America:
Novotech Technologies
260 Terrence Matthews Cres Suite 101
Kanata Ontario
K2M 2G3 Canada
Tel: (800) 268-8628
Fax: (800) 366-0536
www.novotechdistribution.com
Topp Data Solutions
3055 NW 84 Avenue
Doral, FL 33122 USA
Tel: +1 786-331-3303
Fax: +1 786-331-3304
www.toppdatasolutions.com
When contacting technical support, please be prepared to provide the information listed
on the following page.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xiv
Minimum Information Required for Technical Assistance
If you or a user reports difficulty with a TrimTrac ProE locator (i.e. no GPS fixes, not
communicating, LED not working, etc.), it is helpful to retrieve directly from the unit all
current configuration settings and the message log. In some cases, a more detailed debug
log file is required to trouble shoot communications related issues.
Please provide the requested information and follow the procedures described below:
1. Unit IMEI number
2. Name of SIM Card Carrier
Using a Provisioning Module
1. Insert the Provisioning Module in the TrimTrac ProE and connect to it via
HyperTerminal.
2. In HyperTerminal under the “Transfer” menu, select “Capture Text” and
name a file to which the data from the TrimTrac ProE will be saved.
3. To retrieve the configuration and message log, do one of the following:
a. In the HyperTerminal window, type the following AT commands in order:
ATI
AT+CTKC?
AT+CTKF?
AT+CTKJ?
AT+CTKG?
AT+CTKK?
AT+CTKP?
AT+CTKX?
AT+CTKY?
AT+CTKZ?
AT+CTKO?
b. Rather than repeatedly typing these commands, they can be typed once
and saved as a text file. Then use the “Send Text File” command under
the HyperTerminal “Transfer” menu to send the text file to the TrimTrac
ProE.
3. Send the resulting file as an email attachment to your Trimble technical support
representative.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgf.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xv
Over-the-Air Retrieval
If the TrimTrac ProE or Provisioning Module are not available, but the TrimTrac ProE is
otherwise communicating with the server application:
1. Send the appropriate QUERY_CONFIG messages to the TrimTrac ProE to
retrieve the GPS, Application, Provisioning, Extended Application and VAM-
only parameters. (Reminder: Multiple QUERY_CONFIGs can be included
in a single SMS message.)
2. Provide a log of raw messages, including all position, status and query
responses, as actually received from the TrimTrac ProE in either CSV or Text
file format
Additional Debugging Capability
In most cases, providing the information as requested in the preceding sections will
provide enough information to analyze the operation of the TrimTrac ProE; however,
additional information may be required to troubleshoot communications related issues,
particularly when GPRS is being used. As such, the TrimTrac ProE has additional data
logging capabilities that can be used to debug specific communication problems. To
utilize this enhanced debug logging capability, the TrimTrac ProE must be connected to a
Provisioning Module and a PC to which the data will be logged.
1. Insert the Provisioning Module in the TrimTrac ProE and connect to it via
HyperTerminal.
2. In HyperTerminal under the “Transfer” menu, select “Capture Text” and name a
file to which the data from the TrimTrac ProE will be saved.
3. Configure the device to operate in the manner in which the device will be used.
4. Enable the debug logging capability in the in the HyperTerminal window, type
the following AT commands in order
AT+CTDL=9,5,1
AT+CTDL=5,5,1
5. Issue following command to cause device to reboot in special debugging mode:
AT+CTDL
6. This will cause the device to operate in the debugging mode for as long as the
GSM modem remains powered up. If the GSM modem powers off for any
reason, the debugging mode will be disabled and will not be active when the next
time the GSM modem is powered back on. As such, if it is desireable to leave the
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg10.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xvi
debug logging mode active for more than one state machine cycle, then the
Anytime Polling mode should be set “2=OnDemand”. In so doing, the GSM
modem will remained powered up continuously and, as a consequence, the debug
logging will remain active. (Note: if Anytime Polling is set “2=OnDemand”, then
either change configuration of the device to power off the GSM modem or cycle
power to de-active the debug logging mode.)
7. Please return the resulting data log file, along with the complete unit
configuration and message log to your Trimble technical representative for
analysis.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg11.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xvii
Firmware Release Notes
This manual covers the TrimTrac ProE with 2.03.00.000 firmware. Firmware changes
since 1.00.00.000 firmware are summarized in Table 1 through Table 5.
CHANGE SUMMARY FROM 1.00.00.0000 TO 1.03.00.000
Schedule Hours Status flag added to Position Reports and Status Messages. If motion
triggered message is logged during after hours, than TriggerType shall be set
“2=Exception Report” and the Scheduled Hours Status flag shall be set “1=After Hours
Motion”
Low voltage cutoff added to prevent over-draining AA alkaline batteries. If battery
voltage drops below cutoff voltage, a new Status Message will be created and logged
with the Battery Level indicated as 999% indicating that a low voltage cutout has
occurred.
If a LPA-based geofence was re-centered while outside GSM coverage, the
device would continuously attempt to transmit a re-centering notice until the
device re-entered GSM coverage. In the meantime, no new position fixes would
be computed.
If LPA mode was not set to “1=Disabled” and the LPA input was used for geofence
enforcement, the device would skip the DELAY State.
All motion triggered messages will have a TriggerType set “2=Exception
Report” if one or more enforced conditions are violated, including Scheduled
Hours, Geofences, Speeding, or priority inputs (HPA, MPA, LPA).
1 Hz GPS enabled before entering FIX state if motion is detected and Motion
Report Flag is set “1=Enabled”
Speed Reporting expanded to include Speeding Report Mode and Speeding
Countdown Timer capabilities
RTKZ message and checksum error corrected. Start/Stop reporting corrected.
Table 1, Firmware Changes through v1.03.00.000
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg12.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e xviii
CHANGE SUMMARY FROM 1.03.00.0000 TO 1.05.00.000
Added Stop Report to Motion Report Flag
Eliminated redundant Scheduled Report transmissions
Improved GSM registration process while roaming on new networks
Table 2, Firmware Changes v1.03.00.000 through v1.05.00.000
CHANGE SUMMARY FROM 1.05.00.0000 TO 1.06.00.000
Added concurrent GPRS/SMS operation. TrimTrac can receive SMS messages
even while GPRS connection is established and respond via SMS or GPRS
depending upon availability of network services and Communication Mode
settings
Added 30 second MPA activation delay to guard against nuisance alerts
Improved GSM performance and status code reporting
Improved acknowledgement of OTA Configuration messages
Improved LPA-based Runtime Meter threshold reporting
Improved filtering of speed violations based upon Report Delay Flag settings
Table 3, Firmware Changes v1.05.00.000 through v1.06.00.000
CHANGE SUMMARY FROM 1.06.00.0000 TO 1.08.00.000
Improved GSM roaming and network registration
Improved consistency of GPS 3D fix reporting
Modified TrimTrac Session Protocol to send new NetEntry packet in response to
unsolicited NetEntry Nack. This capability allows the server application to
identify which TrimTrac is maintaining a GPRS session after a server-side
failure even when no user-data is otherwise being transmitted
Table 4, Firmware Changes v1.06.00.000 through v1.08.00.000
CHANGE SUMMARY FROM 1.08.00.0000 TO 2.03.00.000
Improved GSM registration while using SIM that require a SIM PIN
Improved Runtime Meter accuracies
Eliminated 160 character limit on GPRS data packets
Table 5, Firmware Changes v1.08.00.000 through v2.03.00.000
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg13.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 1
Safety First
Simple Guidelines
Please follow these guidelines when configuring, using or recycling the TrimTrac
ProE. Violating these guidelines may be dangerous, illegal or otherwise detrimental.
Further detailed information is provided in this manual.
Do Not Operate Where Prohibited
Do not allow the TrimTrac ProE to operate wherever wireless phone use is prohibited or
when doing so may cause interference or danger. Examples include but are not limited to
operation in hospitals, aircraft, near blasting sites or wherever operation can cause
interference.
Interference
Like all wireless devices, the TrimTrac ProE may encounter electrical interference that
may affect its performance.
Avoid Body Contact with Device During Operation
Do not operate the TrimTrac ProE in direct contact with your body. Maintain at least 10
inches (25 cm) separation between the device and any parts of your body.
Qualified Service
Except for batteries and Subscriber Identification Module (SIM) card, the TrimTrac ProE
contains no user serviceable or replaceable parts. Non-functioning units must be returned
to an authorized service center for repair or replacement.
Accessories and Batteries
Use only approved accessories or batteries. Do not connect incompatible products.
There is risk of explosion or fire if an incorrect type replaces batteries or if battery
contacts are shorted. Do not stack battery modules with batteries inserted. Batteries
should only be inserted into battery module when the battery module is properly inserted
into the TrimTrac ProE and snapped in securely. Do not exceed the temperature ranges
or other environmental conditions specified by the battery manufacturer. Dispose of used
batteries according to the instructions provided with the batteries.
Water-Resistance
The TrimTrac ProE is not waterproof. It is water-resistant and tested to IP-55 standard
except when used with an external GPS antenna or Control Module. It is recommended
that it be used where it is relatively dry and not subjected to either water streams or
submersion.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg14.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 2
Recycling
For information on how to recycle this product in the European Union, go to
www.trimble.com/environment/summary.html or call +31 497 53 2430 and ask for the
"WEEE Associate" or mail a request for recycling instructions to:
Trimble Europe BV
c/o Menlo Worldwide Logistics
Meerheide 45
5521 DZ Eersel, NL.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg15.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 3
Detailed Safety Information
Exposure to Radio Frequency Signals
The TrimTrac ProE is a low power radio transmitter and receiver. When it is ON,
it receives and also sends out radio frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commissions (FCC) adopted RF
exposure guidelines with safety levels for hand-held wireless phones. Those
guidelines are consistent with safety standards previously set by both U.S. and
international standards bodies:
ANSI C95.1 (1992)
NCRP Report 86 (1986)
ICNIRP (1996)
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic evaluations of the
relevant scientific literature. For example, over 120 scientists, engineers, and
physicians from universities, government health agencies, and industry reviewed
the available body of research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1)
The TrimTrac ProE is not designed to be worn on a person’s body; however, for
body worn operation, this device has been tested and meets FCC and ACA/NZS
RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory that contains no metal and
that positions the unit a minimum of 1.5 cm from the body. Use of other
accessories may not ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines.
Electronic Devices
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals. However, certain
electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals generated by the
TrimTrac ProE.
Pacemakers
The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum
separation of six (6”) inches be maintained between a handheld wireless phone
and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. The
TrimTrac ProE is not intended for handheld use or to be worn on the body.
Persons with pacemakers:
Should ALWAYS keep the TrimTrac ProE more than six (6”) inches (20
cm) from their pacemaker with the device is operational.
Should not carry the TrimTrac ProE on their person
If there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, the
TrimTrac ProE Battery Pack, Vehicle Adapter or Control Module should
be removed immediately from the TrimTrac ProE base.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg16.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 4
Other Medical Devices
If any other personal medical devices are used in the vicinity of a TrimTrac ProE,
consult the manufacturers of the medical devices to determine if they are
adequately shielded from external RF energy. Physicians may be able to assist in
obtaining this information.
Disable operation of the TrimTrac ProE by removing the Battery Pack or Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module in health care facilities when any regulations posted in
these areas prohibit the use of wireless phones or two-way radios. Hospitals and
health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external
RF energy.
Vehicles
RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic
systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative
regarding the vehicle. Also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has
been added to the vehicle.
Posted Facilities
Disable operation of the TrimTrac ProE by removing the Battery Pack or Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module in any facility where posted notices prohibit the use of
wireless phones or two-way radios.
Aircraft
FCC and FAA regulations prohibit using wireless phones while in the air. Disable
operation of the TrimTrac ProE by removing the Battery Pack or Vehicle Adapter
or Control Module prior to boarding or loading in an aircraft.
Blasting Areas
To avoid interfering with blasting operations, disable operation of the TrimTrac
ProE by removing the Battery Pack or Vehicle Adapter or Control Module when
in a “blasting area” or in areas posted: “Turn off two-way radio”. Obey all signs
and instructions.
Potentially Explosive Atmospheres
Disable operation of the TrimTrac ProE by removing the Battery Pack or Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module prior to entering any area with a potentially explosive
atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause
an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death.
Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always marked
clearly. Potential areas may include: fueling areas (such as gasoline stations);
below deck on boats; fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using
liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains
chemicals or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders); and any other area
where it would normally be advisable to turn off motor vehicle engines.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg17.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 5
For Vehicles Equipped with an Air Bag
An air bag inflates with great force. DO NOT place objects, including the
TrimTrac ProE, in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If
in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates,
serious injury could result.
Specific Absorption Rates (SAR)
THE TRIMTRAC PROE IS NOT DESIGNED TO BE WORN ON A PERSON’S
BODY; HOWEVER, FOR BODY WORN OPERATION, THIS DEVICE HAS
BEEN TESTED AND MEETS FCC AND ACA/NZS RF EXPOSURE
GUIDELINES WHEN USED WITH AN ACCESSORY THAT CONTAINS NO
METAL AND THAT POSITIONS THE UNIT A MINIMUM OF 1.5 CM FROM
THE BODY. USE OF OTHER ACCESSORIES MAY NOT ENSURE
COMPLIANCE WITH RF EXPOSURE GUIDELINES.
Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the
Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) Web site at
http://www.phonefacts.net
Battery Safety Information
Adhere to the following guidelines to avoid the risk of fire or explosion:
1. Make batteries sure only AA alkaline batteries are used and not replaced by
some other type.
2. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions provided with the
batteries.
3. Do not drop, puncture, disassemble, mutilate, or incinerate batteries.
4. Touching both terminals of a battery with a metal object will short circuit the
battery. Do not carry batteries loosely if the contacts may touch coins, keys,
and other metal objects (such as in pockets or bags).
5. Do not stack battery modules loaded with batteries. Stacking of battery
modules may allow electrical shorts between contacts.
6. Do not heat the batteries to try to rejuvenate their charge.
7. Replace all four batteries at the same time.
8. Do not mix batteries with different charge levels.
9. Do not exceed the temperature ranges or other environmental conditions specified by
the battery manufacturer.
10. Never use the TrimTrac ProE without the battery cover installed.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg18.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 6
Overview
Introduction
This manual covers the TrimTrac ProE operating on 850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800
MHz and 1900 MHz GSM networks. As used in this manual, the term GSM shall
include any and all of these frequencies.
Regulatory Approvals
CE
The TrimTrac ProEduct complies with the essential requirements of the
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC as stated by the EC Declaration of Conformity
(CE0681).
The TrimTrac ProEduct complies with the European Telecommunications
Standards Institute Specifications ETS300-342-1 (EMC for GSM 900MHZ
and DCS 1800MHZ Radio Equipment and Systems).
EEC
The TrimTrac ProEduct complies with Directive 72/245/EEC as amended
by Directive 95/54/EC (el*72/245*95/54).
FCC
The TrimTrac ProEduct complies with FCC Part 15, FCC Part 24, and
Industry Canada requirements.
The TrimTrac ProEduct complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
The TrimTrac ProE complies with the directive of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 27 January 2003 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances
in electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS).
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg19.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 7
TrimTrac ProE New Features and Capabilities
The TrimTrac ProE locator is a small, lightweight asset-monitoring device that
requires little, if any, installation when used in its battery-powered configuration.
Different hardware and setting options allow the device to be configured to meet a
variety of demanding installation and operational requirements. Motion-based
reporting continues to be an important tool in minimizing power consumption and
recurring communication costs.
Key Features:
Portable, AA Battery-Powered
No External Wires or Antennas Needed
Low or No Installation Costs
No Custom Programming Required
Ready-to-Use Water-Resistant Housing
Quad-band GSM/SMS/GPRS
Enhanced GPS
Ready-to-Use, No Custom Programming Required
Simply insert an activated SIM card and batteries and tell the device where to
send the position data and the TrimTrac ProE is ready to start reporting. In its
default configuration, reports are sent nominally at 15-minute intervals whenever
there is motion; status messages are sent once every 12 hours when the device is
at rest. Upon powering up, the device will self-initialize anywhere in the world
and start transmitting if an authorized GSM network is available.
Alternately, the unit can be easily re-configured to address any number of more
sophisticated applications or, when used with an optional plug-in module, be
connected to external power, monitor multiple inputs and control other systems or
devices, such as door locks, immobilizers and remote start systems.
While a basic understanding of the different TrimTrac ProE operational states is
helpful, configuring the TrimTrac ProE does not require a highly skilled software
programmer or technician.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 8
Cost-effective, Universally Available Communications
The TrimTrac ProE takes advantage of the near universal availability of GSM
SMS text messaging while also leveraging cost-effective GPRS data rate plans.
Typical SMS plans offer very extensive inter-network roaming capabilities, both
within a host country and internationally. SMS plans also tend to be too pricey
for applications requiring more than a few reports per day.
GPRS data plans, on the other hand, typically allow for lower recurring
communication costs although GPRS coverage and roaming can be restricted in
some areas. The TrimTrac ProE takes advantage of both technologies by
automatically selecting GPRS wherever such service is available, while relying
upon SMS text messages as backup when outside GPRS coverage. This helps
minimize recurring communication costs while allowing the greatest coverage
possible.
Hardware Options
A number of different hardware options are available to enhance the suitability of
the TrimTrac ProE to particular application requirements. These options include
a miniature external GPS antenna that allows for more discrete, protected
installation of the TrimTrac ProE.
In addition, two plug-in modules are offered; both provide connection to external
9-32 VDC power to eliminate the need to change batteries and can monitor inputs
of three different priority levels. The control module also provides two outputs
that can be used to control other on-board devices or systems, such as door locks,
immobilizers and remote start systems.
To address different mounting requirements, two mounting brackets are offered.
A metal bracket is available for more permanent installations while a “quick-
release” style plastic bracket is used when rapid insertion and removal of the
TrimTrac ProE is desired. This is particularly useful when a battery- powered
TrimTrac ProE is routinely moved from one asset to another.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 9
Figure 1. TrimTrac ProE Shown with Optional External GPS Antenna and Quick Release
Bracket.
Figure 2. TrimTrac with Metal Bracket.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 10
Optional Plug-In Modules
The following options are available as plug-in modules that replace the standard
TrimTrac ProE batteries:
Provisioning Module. Allows configuration of the TrimTrac ProE via a
USB 2.0 connection to a PC.
Figure 3. Provisioning Module inserted into a TrimTrac ProE
Vehicle Adapter Module. Allows connection to an external 9-32 VDC
power supply and provides three types of open/closed switch and wiring
monitoring connections. The Vehicle Adapter Module includes a
rechargeable standby battery that allows continued operation of the
TrimTrac ProE for a limited period of time if external power is lost.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 11
Figure 4. Vehicle Adapter Module inserted into a TrimTrac ProE
Control Module. Same as a Vehicle Adapter Module plus two 500 mA
low-side driver outputs capable of controlling one automotive grade relay
each.
Figure 5. Control Module.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 12
Enhanced Functional Capabilities
Position reporting triggered by motion continues to be an important attribute of
the TrimTrac ProE; however, a range of powerful new functional enhancements
now augments this basic capability. The TrimTrac ProE is backwards compatible
with applications developed for the first generation TrimTrac.
On-board Geofencing
The TrimTrac ProE can self-monitor up to two geofences. These geofences can
be either rectangular or circular with reporting based upon whether the device is
inside or outside the geofence area or when it has simply crossed the geofence
boundary. Geofences can be established either during initial activation of the
device, established on-the-fly via over-the-air commands or upon operation of a
local switch connected to the TrimTrac ProE input module. These capabilities
allow the device to be “locked down” where needed without creating nuisance
reports during normal operation. (See AT+CTKK on page 123)
Scheduled Hours Mode
The feature is particularly useful when monitoring commercial assets that are
used during certain hours of the day, but then are supposed to remain at rest or
within a relatively constrained area during after hours.
The Scheduled Hours Mode feature is used to establish how the device reports
motion or during what time periods a geofence is enforced. During normal hours
of operation, position reports may not be needed unless, for instance, a geofence
has been violated. Outside normal hours of operation, however, any motion of an
asset may be considered “unauthorized” and it would be desirable for the
TrimTrac ProE to report this motion and its current position. Monitoring of
equipment at a construction site is an application example that would use this
Scheduled Hours feature, possibly in conjunction with a geofence. (See
AT+CTKZ on page 134; SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG on page 152)
Runtime Meters (2)
Equipment maintenance schedules are often managed based upon accumulated
run-time hours. The TrimTrac ProE offers two resetable runtime meters: one is
triggered by motion and, if a plug-in module is used, the other can be hardwired
to contacts on a sensor, such as an oil pressure switch. (See AT+CTKZ on page
134; SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG on page 152)
Start/Stop Reporting Mode
There are two Start/Stop Reporting modes available under the Report Delay Flag
settings. Alternately, the Motion Report Flag can be used in combination with the
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg1f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 13
Report Delay Flag to provide enhanced in-route and start/stop reporting
requirements.
If no in-route position reports are to be transmitted, the standard Start/Stop
Reporting modes available under the Report Delay Flag are used. Both cause the
TrimTrac ProE to transmit one report upon first motion and one position report
after coming to rest. There are no other regular reports transmitted while the
device is in motion even though the device may be logging, but not transmitting,
positions in the background. This in-motion logging provides a historical log that
could be queried should the need arise while minimizing communication costs in
the mean time. How long the device must remain at rest before transmitting the
stop report is typically determined primarily by the DELAY Timeout, T4;
however, other factors such as which state the device was in at the time motion
stopped will also influence how long after coming to rest a stop report is actually
sent.
On the other hand, if in-route position reports are required in addition to start
motion reports, stop motion reports or both, then the Motion Report Flag is used
enable the start and/or stop reports while the Report Delay Flag is used to set the
in-route reporting frequency.
(See Report Delay Flag and Motion Report Flag settings in AT+CTKC on page
117; SET_APP_CONFIG on page 148)
Automatic Message Log Dump
When GSM coverage becomes available after a period of no coverage, the
TrimTrac ProE can be configured to transmit messages that would have otherwise
been transmitted had GSM coverage been uninterrupted. This feature would be
used when the TrimTrac ProE is expected to come in and out of GSM coverage
areas and it is important for the server application to know where the device has
been regardless of GSM availability. (See AT+CTKZ on page 134;
SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG on page 152)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg20.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 14
Application Feature Details
The TrimTrac ProE supports a number of important new application features that modify
how the TrimTrac ProE cycles through the basic state machine described in the previous
sections. Before reading this section, it would be useful to have a basic understanding of
the TrimTrac ProE state machine as detailed in State Machine Overview section or,
preferably, the State Machine Design Details section.
Even though the TrimTrac ProE can be used literally out-of-the-box with very little effort
if the factory default settings are used, the device is also highly configurable based on the
particular requirements of any given application. When changing from factory default
settings, constant vigilance must be given to communication cost and power
consumption. It is possible, for instance, to configure the TrimTrac ProE to provide very
rapid reporting, but doing so may result in unacceptably high power consumption and/or
communication costs, especially if SMS is used in lieu of GPRS.
The following sections detail how the application features operate, how to set them up
and what some of the trade offs may be in terms of power consumption and
communication costs. In other sections of this technical manual, specific configuration
recommendations are set for some typical applications scenarios.
Communication Mode
The TrimTrac ProE supports SMS and GPRS data communication via the GSM network
and can be configured to use one or the other exclusively or automatically switch
between the two.
For instance, if the Communication Mode is set 0=SMS-only, then the device will
communicate exclusively via SMS. Alternately, if the Communication Mode is set
1=GPRS-only, the device is able to receive messages via GPRS or SMS, but the device
will use only GPRS to respond. Finally, if the Communication Mode is set 2=Auto-
select, the device is able to receive messages via GPRS or SMS and the device will
respond via GPRS whenever possible; however, if a GSM network is present but GPRS
service is not available, the device will revert to SMS until such time as GPRS service
becomes available.
Note that if GPRS service is enabled by the carrier on a SIM card already in service, the
GSM modem in the TrimTrac may need to be power cycled before the newly enabled
GPRS service becomes active. (See AT+CTKC on page 117; SET_APP_CONFIG on
page 148) .
GPRS Connection and Setup
If GPRS is enabled via the appropriate Communication Mode setting, then the GPRS
connection and setup parameters are used to establish and maintain GPRS sessions. The
TrimTrac ProE supports UDP and TCP transport protocols. UDP is a connection-less
protocol that generally requires less overhead than TCP, but TCP has a number of
advantages that may make it the preferred choice of transport protocol for smaller
deployments.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg21.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 15
If UDP is selected as the transport protocol, then it is strongly recommended that the
GPRS Session Protocol be set “1=TrimTrac Session Protocol”. The TrimTrac Session
Protocol is more fully described in the separate document “TrimTrac Session Protocol
ICD”. The TrimTrac Session Protocol when used over UDP provides the most important
benefits of TCP without the added overhead of TCP. Those applications which are
required to scale to several thousands of users per server would be well advised to
consider using the TrimTrac Session and UDP Transport Protocols together.
Parameter Settings Msg. Header
(See Page)
Commands
( See Page)
GPRS
Transport
Protocol
0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol
mandatory); 1=TCP
GPRS
Session
Protocol
0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol
(See Separate ICD Document, v1.0)
TrimTrac
Session
Keep-alive
Timeout, T25
In Seconds (0=Never; 1 –43200)
GPRS
Session
Timeout, T26
In Seconds (0=Never; 1–43200)
GPRS
Destination
Address
GPRS destination address in the following
format: 111.222.333.444:12345. This
represents an IP Address and Port Number
pair, maximum number string up to 21
characters
>STKF (155)
>QTKF (161)
>RTKF (176)
AT+CTKF
(119)
GPRS APN Access Point Name (APN) Web address
up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters as assigned by GPRS network
operator. Example: “apn.trimble.com”.
GPRS
Username
Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters
GPRS
Password
Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters
>STKJ (156)
>QTKJ (161)
>RTKJ (177)
AT+CTKJ
(121)
Table 6. GPRS Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg22.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 16
In all cases, the GPRS APN is provided by the carrier and determines how the mobile
device connects to the GPRS network and is authenticated. It is the GPRS functional
equivalent to the SMSC for SMS, if you will.
The GPRS Destination Address, on the other hand, includes both the IP Address and Port
Number of the application server. The IP address can either be a public IP address or, if
the ASP has a direct connection to the carrier, then it can be a private IP address. Either
way, the ASP must assign the Port Number.
The TrimTrac does NOT use DNS in the GPRS Destination Address translation. The
TrimTrac operates exclusively with IP Addresses and Port Numbers and this approach
has proven to be the preferred choice of major ASPs. To achieve the desired level of
redundancy, the most major ASPs maintain multiple Internet connections routed to
separate firewalls located, in some cases, in different data centers. Messages from the
mobile devices get routed to the different firewalls based upon the routing and load
management tables updated by the ASP. If one or more firewall goes down, then
messages are re-routed to the others based upon the routing rules defined by the ASP.
Mobile device messages are passed from these Internet connections to specific
application servers and ports based upon the Network Address and Port Translation
(NAPT) function of each firewall. If the firewalls have load management functionality,
then these messages can be re-directed to other application servers in the data center if
the original target server and/or port are unavailable.
At a much higher application level, use of the TrimTrac Session Protocol and AutoLog
Dump is also recommended. Especially in the case of UDP, the TrimTrac Session
Protocol will help the device recover from short term outages. Whereas, AutoLog Dump
will help the device flywheel through periods of more extended outages.
Expanded GSM Status Codes
The GSM Status Codes listed in all REPORT_POS and STATUS_MESSAGEs have
been expanded in TrimTrac ProE to include:
0=Network Available
1=Message Logged (i.e. Report Delay Flag set=1)
2=Network Timeout
3=SIM Error / No SIM
4=SIM PIN Error
5=Pre-TX log (Low battery)
6=Modem Initialization Failure
7=GPRS Opening Failure
8=TCP Connection Failure
9=Session Protocol Failure
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg23.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 17
These GSM Status Codes are more fully explained Table 7, GSM Status Codes
Explained, beginning on the following page.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg24.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 18
GSM Status Code Description
0=Network Available All the criteria for the configured Communication Mode were satisfied.
This is the normal code used when there are no problems in original
message transmission. For GPRS, the UDP/TCP connection was
established and, if the TrimTrac Session Protocol is enabled, the session
sign-on message was sent and acknowledged.
1=Message Logged
(i.e. Report Delay Flag
set=1)
No attempt was made to transmit the message. The Report Delay Flag
was set to “1=Exception Reports-only”.
2=Network Timeout TrimTrac ProE was not able to acquire a usable network. This is
typically inadequate GSM coverage. If TrimTrac ProE is configured
for GPRS, then this code will also occur if there’s a SIM configuration
mismatch (i.e., SIM is configured SMS-only). If TrimTrac ProE is
configured for SMS, this code will occur if SMS transmit fails (happens
occasionally) and the number of transmit attempts is exhausted. Note,
if the server application receives a message from the TrimTrac ProE
that has the GSM Status Code set to “2=Network Timeout”, then the
message was transmitted after the fact due to the Automatic Message
Log Dump feature being enabled.
3=SIM Error / No SIM No SIM present or SIM not accessible. This is usually “no SIM
present” or “SIM not properly seated in carrier”. This could also be a
bad SIM or SIM locked due to more than 3 attempts to access with
invalid PIN code (In this case a PUK code from the network provider is
needed to unlock the SIM.)
4=SIM PIN Error SIM requires a PIN and the correct PIN was not provided. TrimTrac
ProE keeps track of the number of times a PIN is rejected to prevent the
SIM from becoming locked (more than 3 attempts will lock the SIM).
5=Pre-TX log The message was logged but a failure occurred that prevented
transmission. This is the initial logged status prior to transmission
attempt; it will be updated with Network Available or one of the error
codes as communications progresses. This code should not occur
unless TrimTrac ProE power is removed during the transmit process.
6=Modem
Initialization Failure
(Low battery)
Initialization of TrimTrac ProE’s GSM module did not complete
correctly. This code is an indication of an internal error associated with
the GSM module. It will occur when the batteries are too low to
support proper GSM module functionality.
7=GPRS Opening
Failure
Communication Mode is set “1=GPRS” or “2=AutoSelect” and the
device is registered with a network on which GPRS service is available,
but the device could not open a PPP session. This failure will occur,
for instance, if the TrimTrac ProE’s GPRS communication parameters
are not properly set for the GPRS network provider as defined by the
SIM. The GPRS APN, GPRS Username, and GPRS Password must all
match that required by the GPRS network provider. This status will be
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg25.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 19
recorded in the message log if it’s the last available status when the
TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, expires.
8=TCP Connection
Failure
Communication Mode is set “1=GPRS” or “2=AutoSelect” and the
device is registered with a network on which GPRS service is available
and a PPP session was successfully opened, but the TCP connection
with the server application was not established. This will occur if the
server application’s GPRS Destination Address is not correctly set in
the TrimTrac ProE’s GPRS communication parameters or if the server
application is offline.
9=Session Protocol
Failure
Communication Mode is set “1=GPRS” or “2=AutoSelect” and the
device is registered with a network on which GPRS service is available
and a PPP session was successfully opened, but the TrimTrac Session
Protocol or TCP was not satisfied. This will occur if the server
application fails to send a properly formatted acknowledgement in
response to the TrimTrac Session Protocol or TCP sign-on message.
The TrimTrac ProE tries once for TCP or 3 times for UDP at 15 second
intervals; if no acknowledgement is received, the session is dropped and
re-established. For UDP, a session will be established even if an invalid
/ unreachable Port Number is configured and a session sign-on will be
attempted; in this case, a TrimTrac Session Protocol failure could also
indicate an invalid port number.
Table 7, GSM Status Codes Explained
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg26.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 20
Geofences
By establishing and using geofences, geographic areas of authorized and unauthorized
use can be defined and enforced. If a geofence violation occurs, the operation of the
TrimTrac ProE will be adjusted based upon how it is configured. For instance, should
you wish to establish an area where movement of the device is “authorized” and you only
wish to receive position reports when the monitored asset leaves this area, then you
would use the geofence capability of the TrimTrac ProE. The TrimTrac ProE can
support up to two geofences. Geofence violations selectively set the Report Delay Flag
while the other configuration parameters remain essentially unchanged.
Once a geofence violation is detected, the Report Delay Flag will be temporarily set
“0=Transmit (‘Tx’) All Messages”, the device will transmit a both a new position report
noting that a geofence violation has occurred and a message noting which geofence had
been most recently violated. Unless the Geofence Type had been defined as a boundary-
crossing geofence, the device will continue reporting until the device is no longer
violating any geofence conditions. It will report the first position that is not in violation
of a geofence, but then stop reporting until another geofence violation or some other
appropriate TriggerType event occurs
Enforcement
You can decide whether to enforce a geofence at all times (24/7), during normal
working hours or after hours (both as defined by the Scheduled Hours Mode
feature settings) or, if the TrimTrac ProE is equipped with either a Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module with the LPA input connected to a switch, the
geofence will be enforced only while the LPA input monitored switch is in the
closed position. If the LPA input is configured to define and/or enforce a
geofence, then the LPA input should not be used as either an alert or runtime
meter input and vice versa.
Geofence Center
To establish a geofence area, whether circular or rectangular in shape, you must
first select the center point of the geofence area defined in latitude and longitude.
This can be done in three ways. Either you enter it into the TrimTrac ProE during
the provisioning process, by sending a TrimTrac Application command via the
GSM network, or, if the TrimTrac ProE is using either a Vehicle Adapter or
Control Module, by configuring the LPA input to define and/or enable a geofence
based upon the operation of a LPA switch.
It is acceptable to have geofences that overlap one another; however, having one
geofence located entirely inside the other should be avoided. If one geofence is
located completely inside the other, then only the larger of the two will be
enforced.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg27.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 21
Geofence Shape and Size
Once the centerpoint of the geofence has been determined, you must then define
the overall dimensions of the geofence area. In the case of rectangular geofences,
you will need to define the due East-West and North-South lengths. Alternately,
you would define the diameter of the circular geofence area.
Since the geofences used by TrimTrac are orthographic projections, latitude and
longitude distortions increase as distance from the center point increases. As
such, the maximum length of any given geofence dimension is limited to 1000
kilometers. For rectangular geofences, this means no side can be more than 1000
kilometers. The diameter of a circular geofence is similarly limited to 1000
kilometers.
Geofence Type
Finally, you will need to define the type of geofences that will be used. All
geofences in the TrimTrac ProE must be of the same type, of which there are
three choices: Boundary Crossing, Inclusive and Exclusive. In the case of
Boundary Crossing, the TrimTrac ProE will send a geofence-triggered report each
time the TrimTrac ProE detects it has crossed the boundary of an active geofence.
This report will be transmitted, along with a message indicating which geofence
had its boundary crossed, regardless of how the Report Delay Flag is set.
In the case of an inclusive geofence area used in conjunction with the Report
Delay Flag, the device will not normally transmit position or status messages
whenever it is located inside the defined geofence area. As soon as a position is
computed that is outside the geofence area, the device will commence
transmitting position and status reports as if the Report Delay Flag is set
“0=Transmit (‘Tx’) All Messages”. The device will continue transmitting in this
mode until the device re-enters the inclusive geofence area.
Conversely, the device will begin transmitting position and status reports
whenever the device is inside an exclusive geofence area.
The relevant parameters, settings, messages and commands used to define and
activate geofences are set forth in Table 8 on the following page and in Table 97
on page 196.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg28.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 22
Parameter Settings Msg. Header
(See Page)
Commands
( See Page)
Geofence ID Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2
Geofence
Enforcement
0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input
Enforced; 3=LPA Centered and Enforced.
Geofence
Schedule
0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2=
During Scheduled Hours. (See Scheduled
Hours Mode)
Geofence
Delta X
100s of meters (1 – 10000) Note: East-
West length of rectangular Geofence area
or, if circular, the diameter. 1=100 Meters
Geofence
Delta Y
100s of meters (0, 1 – 10000) Note: If set
to “0”, then circular Geofence area; else
rectangular Geofence area. 1=100 Meters
Geofence
Center
Latitude
WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees
to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = North
and ‘-‘ = South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000)
Geofence
Center
Longitude
WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to
7 decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = East and
‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000)
>STKK (154)
>QTKK (162)
>RTKK (175)
AT+CTKK
(123)
Geofence
Type
0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive;
2=Exclusive
Automatic
Message Log
Dump
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled
>STKZ (152)
>QTKZ (161)
>RTKZ (173)
AT+CTKZ
(134)
Report Delay
Flag
0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set
Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions &
Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs,
Exceptions & Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions
& Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered
message, Exceptions & Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered
message, Exceptions & Respones
>STKA (148)
>QTKA (161)
>RTKA (170)
AT+CTKC
(117)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg29.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 23
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses
(No IDLE Status)
Table 8. Geofence Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands
Reporting Geofence Violations
To avoid nuisance geofence violations, a 30-meter diameter circle is established
with the center point being the current position of the TrimTrac ProE. Before a
geofence violation is recorded, this circle must be 100% either inside or outside
the geofence area or, if the geofence is a boundary crossing type, 100% crossed
over the boundary line on either side. The fixed 30-meter diameter is the typical
positional error one might experience in an urban environment where reflected
signals, multipath and interference may influence the position solution.
Inclusive geofence violations will be reported if the TrimTrac ProE is outside
BOTH geofence areas. Conversely, if the TrimTrac ProE is inside EITHER
geofence area, then no violations will be reported.
Exclusive geofence violations will be reported if the TrimTrac ProE is inside
EITHER geofence area. Conversely, if the TrimTrac ProE is outside BOTH
geofence areas, then no violations will be reported.
Whenever a geofence violation (boundary crossing, inclusive or exclusive) has
occurred, the TrimTrac ProE will transmit at least once to the server application
assuming GSM coverage is available. In the case of inclusive and exclusive
geofence violations, the device will continue transmitting reports (all with
TriggerType set “2=Exception Report”) until the device re-enters an inclusive
area or exits an exclusive geofence (i.e. no geofence violation persists).
Upon the initial violation of an inclusive or exclusive geofence, the TrimTrac will
send a new POSITION_REP and a RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message for
the geofence that has been most recently violated. If SMS is being used, both
messages will be included in a single SMS message. The POSITION_REP will
have the TriggerType set “2=Exception Report Alert” and include the position
that first triggered the violation notice and the Geofence Status field will be set
“1=Violation”.
The RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message will denote which particular
geofence was most recently violated. Only the most recently violated geofence
will be identified even if more than one geofence had been violated concurrently.
The device will continue transmitting POSITION_REP messages, along with the
associated RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message, so long as motion and the
geofence violation persists; provided, however, that no such
RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message will be sent if some event other than just
motion triggered the new POSITION_REP. For instance, if a Speed Violation or
activation of an input alert occurs or is cleared, then the device will transmit either
a REPORT_POS or STATUS_MSG without the RESP_GEOFENCE CONFIG
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 24
message even though a geofence violation may be in effect. Nonetheless, if a
geofence violation is in effect, the Geofence Status will still be set to
“1=Violation” even if a RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message is not attached.
Each new POSITION_REP sent while a geofence violation is in effect will have
the TriggerType set “2=Exception Report Alert”. Similarly, if the device is
unable to get a subsequent position fix or if the IDLE Timeout, T1, has expired
due to no motion, the STATUS_MESSAGE with have the TriggerType set
“2=Exception Report Alert”. In all cases, the Geofence Status flag in either the
POSITION_REP or STATUS_MESSAGE will be set “1=Geofence Violation”
until a new position fix that is not in violation with the geofence parameters is
computed.
When the device enters or leaves a geofence area and a geofence violation no
longer exists, the device will transmit the REPORT_POS message containing the
location information on which this determination has been made. In this “All-
Clear” REPORT_POS message, the Geofence Status flag will be set “0=No
Violation” and the TriggerType will be set “2=Exception Report Alert” even if all
other alerts are also in a normal status.
In the case of boundary crossing geofence, the TrimTrac will report once and only
once each time a geofence boundary is crossed by sending a new
POSITION_REP and a RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message. If SMS is being
used, both messages will be included in a single SMS message. The
POSITION_REP will have the TriggerType set “2=Exception Report Alert”, the
position that first triggered the boundary crossing notice and the Geofence Status
field will be set “1=Violation”. The RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message will
denote which particular geofence had a boundary crossed.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 25
Trimble Navigation Ltd
TrimTrac 1.5 (tm)
Revision: 1.00.00.0000
AT+CTKC=43200,300,240,90,60,168,20,0,0,1,0
AT+CTKF=1,0,300,0,"0.0.0.0:0"
AT+CTKK=1,1,1,10,0,"+37.3842980","-122.0070000"
AT+CTKK=2,1,1,10,0,"+37.6493278","-121.7861028"
AT+CTKX=0,0,0,2,3600,60,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0
AT+CTKZ=10,0,0,43200,1,5,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
AT+CTKO?
+CTKO:
Device located within Geofence 1 area. Normal position reporting.
>RTKP04391048T1390324765000000003000+373841818-1220070325+00000000000;ID=GEOFENCE;*45<
>RTKP043A1053F1390324950000000003000+373842069-1220069993+00016000000;ID=GEOFENCE;*28<
>RTKP043B1045F1390325359000000003000+373842095-1220070698+00000000000;ID=GEOFENCE;*26<
Device leaves Geofence 1 Area. Note TriggerType=2, Geofence Status=1 and attached RTKK message
>RTKP043C2038F1390325476000000013000+373882085-1220038456+00039018017;ID=GEOFENCE;*21<>RTKK01110001000000+373842980-1220070000;ID=GEOFENCE;*1C<
>RTKP043D2039F1390325543000000013000+373870043-1219981651+00039000000;ID=GEOFENCE;*2C<>RTKK01110001000000+373842980-1220070000;ID=GEOFENCE;*1C<
Device re-enters Geofence 1 Area. Note TriggerType=2, Geofence Status=0 and no attached RTKK message
>RTKP043E2042F1390325601000000003000+373838116-1220015783-00101033267;ID=GEOFENCE;*27<
Device located within Geofence 1 area. Normal position reporting.
>RTKP043F1036F1390325676000000003000+373841880-1220070050+00019000000;ID=GEOFENCE;*2B<
>RTKP04401042F1390325832000000003000+373841875-1220070443+00036000000;ID=GEOFENCE;*56<
Figure 6. Sample Inclusive Geofence Message Log
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 26
Geofences and GPS Fix Rate
Depending upon how strictly geofences must be enforced, it may be advantageous
to set the GPS Fix Rate to “1=GPS 1Hz”. Geofences are enforced based upon the
most recently computed GPS position. If the TrimTrac ProE only computes a
new fix each time it enters the FIX State, then the latency in reporting a geofence
violation is extended to the time it takes the TrimTrac ProE to cycle through the
entire state machine.
If a more vigilant enforcement of the geofence is desired, then the GPS Fix Rate
can be increased to once per second. This would afford more continuous
enforcement of the geofences, albeit at the expense of power consumption, and
near real time reporting of violations.
Geofences and Automatic Message Log Dump
GSM coverage may or may not be available throughout the geofence area and
beyond. This means that a device may be able to slip out of and then back into a
geofence area undetected by server, at least until GSM coverage became
available. If a geofence violation had occurred while there was no GSM
coverage, the device will keep the Geofence Status flag set as a violation until
reported to the server application whether not the device is inside or outside the
geofence area at the time the message is transmitted.
Before the device is able to transmit a message with the geofence violation, the
TrimTrac ProE may have traveled well beyond the geofence area while outside
GSM coverage. If the Automatic Message Log Dump feature is enabled, then the
device will not only transmit the message noting the geofence violation when
GSM coverage becomes available, but it will also transmit all positions logged
while traveling in violation of the geofence outside GSM coverage. In so doing,
the server application will not only know that a geofence violation had occurred,
but also where the device traveled in the mean time.
Geofences and Scheduled Hours Mode
Geofence enforcement can be linked to time of day enforcement by using the
Scheduled Hours Mode feature described in the next section. A geofence can be
configured to be enforced 24/7 or during normal working or after hours. This
later capability is particularly useful when, for instance, a vehicle is allowed to
roam over a greater area during normal working hours, but needs to be restricted
to a smaller area after hours. Please note that the geofences can be linked to the
Scheduled Hours time periods even if the Scheduled Hours Mode feature itself is
not enabled.
Scheduled Hours Mode
This feature establishes daily consecutive hours during which use of the monitored asset
is considered either “authorized” or “unauthorized” or when geofences are to be
enforced during different times of the day.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 27
When Scheduled Hours Mode is enabled, any unauthorized motion detected after hours
(i.e. outside normal working hours as defined by the schedule) will cause the Scheduled
Hours Flag to be set “1=After Hours Motion” and any motion-trigged messages will have
the TriggerType set “2=Exception Report”. Setting the TriggerType to “2=Exception
Report” will cause these messages to be transmitted regardless of how the Report Delay
Flag may be set.
Non-motion triggered messages created “after hours” will have the TriggerType set in
accordance with the non-motion event (i.e. Query, Scheduled Report, expiration of IDLE
Timeout, T1, etc.) and the Scheduled Hours Flag will be set “0=No After Hours Motion”.
Before the Scheduled Hours Mode feature can be enabled, or geofences linked to time-of-
day enforcement, you must define a daily start time (relative to 12:00 AM UTC) and how
long each workday lasts. You must also specify which day of the calendar week
beginning Sunday UTC constitutes the first workday of the workweek and how many
consecutive workdays are included in each workweek.
You cannot specify a beginning workday later than the total number of workdays per
week. For instance, if you specify Monday as the first workday of week, you cannot
specify seven consecutive workdays since there are only six calendar days remaining in
the calendar week.
Parameter Settings Msg. Header
(See Page)
Commands
( See Page)
Scheduled
Hours Mode
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled
Scheduled
Hours Daily
Start Time,
T27
In Seconds (0 – 86399) after
12:00AM UTC.
Scheduled
Hours Work
Day Length,
T28
In Seconds (0 – 86400)
Scheduled
Hours First
Weekly
Work Day
0=Sunday; 1=Monday; 2=Tuesday;
3=Wednesday; 4=Thursday;
5=Friday; 6=Saturday (All relative
to UTC)
Scheduled
Hours Work
Days per
Week
1= One Day; 2=Two Days; 3=Three
Days; 4=Four Days; 5=Five Days;
6=Six Days; 7=Seven Days
>STKZ(152)
>RTKZ (173)
>QTKZ(161)
AT+CTKZ
(134)
Table 9. Scheduled Hours Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 28
Runtime Meters
There are two resetable equipment runtime meters available on the TrimTrac ProE. One
is based upon motion while the other can be activated via a sensor switch connected to a
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module as a LPA input (unless the LPA input is otherwise
configured as a standard input or is used for geofences). These meters can be individually
activated or reset. The LPA-based runtime meter accumulates hours whenever the switch
contacts are closed. If the LPA input is used as a runtime meter, then LPA Mode should
be set “1=Disabled”.
Each meter also has a separately programmable countdown timer. Upon expiration of a
countdown timer, the TrimTrac ProE will transmit a message indicating which
countdown timer has expired. After each expiration and transmission or transmission
attempt, the countdown timer will automatically reset itself and begin counting down
again. This feature is useful in equipment maintenance applications where, for instance,
a maintenance operation should occur every so many runtime hours.
To query and/or reset either or both of the runtime meters, the server application must
send a QUERY_METERS message to the TrimTrac ProE, which will respond with a
RESP_METERS message containing the current runtime readings.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg2f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 29
Parameter Settings Msg. Header
(See Page)
Commands
( See Page)
Runtime Motion-
based
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled
Runtime Motion-
based Countdown,
T29
In Hours (0=No Countdown,
1-990)
Runtime LPA-
based
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled
Runtime LPA-
based Countdown,
T30
In Hours (0=No Countdown,
1-990)
>STKZ(152)
>RTKZ (173)
>QTKZ(161)
AT+CTKZ
(134)
Runtime LPA-
based Query
0=Report Only (No Reset);
1=Report with Reset
Runtime Motion-
based Query
0=Report Only (No Reset);
1=Report with Reset
>QTKM(164)
None
Runtime LPA-
based Reading
Accumulated seconds since
last reset, always 10 digits
Runtime LPA-
based Reset
Confirmation
0=Report without Reset;
1=Report with Reset;
2=Disabled
Runtime Motion-
based Reading
Accumulated seconds since
last reset, always 10 digits
Runtime Motion-
based Reset
Confirmation
0=Report without Reset;
1=Report with Reset;
2=Disabled
>RTKM(178)
None
Table 10. Runtime Meter Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg30.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 30
Trimble Navigation Ltd
TrimTrac 1.5 (tm)
Revision: 1.00.00.0000
AT+CTKC=43200,300,240,90,60,168,20,0,0,1,0
AT+CTKX=0,0,0,2,3600,60,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0
AT+CTKZ=10,0,0,43200,1,5,1,0,1,0,1,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
AT+CTKO?
+CTKO:
Normal position reporting based upon motion:
>RTKP0ADE1042F1390330933000000001000+376184790-1218112530+00879046223;ID=RUNTIMEM;*3F<
>RTKP0ADF1039F1390331089000000001000+376027020-1218459433+00400056248;ID=RUNTIMEM;*3B<
>RTKP0AE01039F1390331248000000001000+375761165-1218807921+00252066244;ID=RUNTIMEM;*42<
Runtime triggered by expiration of Runtime Metion Motion-based Countdown Timer, T29:
>RTKS0AE15045F1390331404721000000000;ID=RUNTIMEM;*62<>RTKM0200000289380000000000;ID=RUNTIME
M
Normal position reporting based upon motion resumes:
>RTKP0AE21046F1390331488000000001000+375297730-1219435760+00131075229;ID=RUNTIMEM;*40<
>RTKP0AE31034F1390331657000000001000+374871053-1219161521+00150074150;ID=RUNTIMEM;*4D<
>RTKP0AE41037F1390331815000000001000+374442801-1218908568+00019075170;ID=RUNTIMEM;*46<
Figure 7. Sample Runtime Message Log
Fix, Log and Reporting Rates
The rates at which the TrimTrac ProE computes, logs and transmits GPS positions need
not be equal. For instance, the GPS receiver can operate in the background at the
maximum rate of 1 Hz. Fixes are logged each time the TrimTrac ProE cycles through the
state machine. Not every position that is logged, however, needs to be transmitted. Each
of these rates are explained in the following sections.
Fix Rate
In its default configuration, the TrimTrac ProE will compute a new position fix each
time the device cycles through the FIX State. Certain applications may, however,
benefit from having more continuous GPS fixes available, in which case, the GPS
receiver can be configured to operate at 1 Hz. Operating the GPS receiver at 1 Hz
enables more real time geofence enforcement. Also, if 1 Hz GPS is enabled and the
device comes to rest in an area where it can not get a final at-rest position fix, then
the TrimTrac ProE reports its last known GPS fix based on the 1 Hz rate. The GPS
Fix Rate is set by using either the AT+CTKZ command or by sending the TrimTrac
ProE a SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG message.
Log Rate
Every time the TrimTrac ProE cycles through the standard State Machine due to
motion the TrimTrac ProE logs its current position (or position fix attempt). This
logging rate is determined primarily by DELAY State Timeout, T4.
Report Rate
This refers to how many of the logged positions get transmitted. The default is every
logged message gets transmitted. It may be useful, in some applications, to transmit
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg31.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 31
only every other or every X logged message. This saves recurring communication
costs but gives a denser historical log of previous positions should the desire to query
such logged positions arise. For instance, it may be useful in historical analysis of
route adherence on an exception basis.
The reporting frequency is determined by the Report Delay Flag. If set to “5”, then
the TrimTrac ProE will log five motion triggered messages, either POSITION_REP
and/or STATUS_MESSAGE, and then report the next one. The five logged message
remain available for subsequent download should the need arise, but on an ongoing,
normal basis, they will not be transmitted. Setting the Report Delay Flag to”6” will
cause the TrimTrac ProE to log ten messages and then transmit the next.
Parameter Settings Msg. Header
(See Page)
Commands
( See Page)
DELAY Timeout,
T4
In seconds (10 – 86400)
Report Delay Flag 5=Tx every 6th motion-
triggered message &
Exceptions
6= Tx every 11th motion-
triggered message &
Exceptions
>STKA(148)
>QTKA(161)
>RTKA(170)
AT+CTKC
(117)
GPS Fix Rate 0=GPS operation during FIX
State only; 1=1Hz GPS
operation except while
stationary
>STKZ(152)
>RTKZ (173)
>QTKZ(161)
AT+CTKZ
(134)
Table 11. Fix, Log and Reporting Rate Parameters, Settings, Messages and Commands
Input Modes
Both the Vehicle Adapter and Control Modules support three priority types of switch
closure inputs: High, Medium and Low Priorities. In addition to the Automatic and
Disabled Modes, two new modes of operation have been added as described below.
See AT+CTKY Module-only Application Configuration on page 131 and
SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG on page 157.
Automatic Mode
When set to automatic, any activated alert can only be silenced after an
acknowledgement is received from the server application. This level of
acknowledgement protocol takes into account that not all packets and messages
delivered by the TrimTrac ProE to the GSM network necessarily make it to their
final destination in an uncorrupted format. The use of TCP/IP helps mitigate, but not
eliminate, the risk that a message sent from the TrimTrac ProE might not make
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg32.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 32
through. The only way to get true confirmation that the server application receive
the message is for the server application to positively confirm back to the TrimTrac
ProE that the message had indeed arrived safely. When set to “Automatic”, the
TrimTrac ProE will continuously re-transmit priority alert messages until
acknowledged, or cleared, by the server application.
Network Acknowledgement
If an application requires a less stringent level of send-receive acknowledgement,
then the Alert Mode can be set to “Network Acknowledgement”. In this mode, it is
assumed that the application server has also received any message that is confirmed
to have been received by the GSM network. This provides a lower level of delivery
certainly, but if used with TCP/IP in particular, may provide an acceptable level of
acknowledgement.
When set to “2=Network Acknowledgement”, the TrimTrac ProE will accept an
acknowledgment directly from the GSM protocol stack that the message had been
sent to the GSM network and, presumably, received by the server application. Given
the store-and-forward, non-guaranteed delivery nature of SMS and UDP, however,
relying upon a GSM network acknowledgement may be risky. Use of TCP/IP over
GPRS provides an added layer of delivery certainly compared to both SMS and
UDP. The only way to guarantee that the server application has received the alert
message, regardless of which protocol is used, remains the application level
acknowledgement protocol enabled when the input mode is set “0=Automatic”.
Monitor-only
When the input mode is set “3=Monitor-only”, activation of the input will not in and
by itself cause a new message to be transmitted to the server application. Rather, the
status of the input (i.e. Alert Status set “4=Monitor Activated”) will be indicated in
all subsequent position and status messages that the TrimTrac would otherwise send
to the server application. No SET_ALERT_STATE messages are required to either
acknowledge or clear the alerts. Once the monitored devices or conditions have been
returned to “normal”, then the input status will be updated to “0=Normal”
accordingly.
LPA Input Delay
In earlier versions of TrimTrac, a Low Priority Alert would become “armed”
whenever the monitored switch was closed for 250 mSeconds or longer and become
“activated” upon any detection of subsequent motion. This “armed-activation”
sequence proved too rapid for some applications that required a delay from the time
the monitored switch was closed before the Low Priority Alert became “armed”. As
such, TrimTrac ProE has a programmable input delay that postpones the arming of
the LPA. This feature is expected to be useful when the LPA is used to monitor a
vehicle security system. After the vehicle security system itself is armed, then the
TrimTrac ProE itself will become armed after the LPA Input Arming Delay, T31,
countdown timer expires. See AT+CTKZ Daily Hours, Runtime & Other Extended
Settings on page 134 and SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG on page 152.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg33.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 33
Automatic Message Log Dump
In certain geographic areas, TrimTrac ProE will travel in and out of GSM
coverage. The device will continue logging position fixes and status messages
even while out of GSM coverage, but obviously it will not be able to send them
when they are logged if there is no GSM coverage. The Automatic Message Log
Dump feature will cause the TrimTrac ProE transmit all messages which would
have otherwise been sent had there been GSM coverage at the time they were
created and logged once a GSM network connection has been re-established.
Automatic Message Log Dump can be enabled either during initial provisioning
of the device or through the use of over-the-air commands.
The Automatic Message Log Dump feature must be used with a certain amount of
discretion as it does not differentiate between the different message TriggerTypes.
Any message that should have been transmitted had there been GSM coverage at
the time will, assuming GSM coverage is re-established, get transmitted by the
Automatic Message Log Dump feature. The importance of this statement
becomes apparent when one or more priority input alerts get activated while
outside GSM coverage.
If one or more get activated while there is no GSM coverage, then the TrimTrac
ProE will continuously attempt to transmit those alerts until a successful
transmission results. In the meantime, each of the failed transmit attempts are
placed in the TrimTrac ProE message log with the GSM Status set “2=No
Network”. Once the TrimTrac ProE has re-entered GSM coverage, it will begin
transmitting each of the previously failed transmit messages. Depending upon
how long the device was outside of GSM coverage with the alerts activated, this
could result in a very large number of messages being transmitted at a high rate.
Should this situation occur, then the server application should be prepared to
acknowledge the incoming alerts AND to automatically reconfigure the TrimTrac
to disable the Automatic Message Log Dump feature. It should be noted that re-
transmitted alert messages will have Report Sequence Numbers lower than the
alert message first received by the server application.
Finally, the TrimTrac ProE message log could be completely filled with alert
messages if the device remained outside GSM coverage for a long enough time
period while one or more alerts were activated. The message log will hold up to
1,024 most recent messages. Once full, new messages will overwrite the oldest
messages.
Motion Report Flag
If a TrimTrac ProE has been a rest for a while, it is likely in the IDLE State.
Once the device starts to move, default settings will cause the device to start
computing a new GPS position and then report it. Depending upon the GPS
signal at the time and how long it has been since the device computed its last
position, the time to compute and report a new GPS fix can vary. Moreover, if
there is insufficient GPS signal to compute a new fix, no new message will be
sent to the server application until the FIX State Timeout, T2, has expired.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg34.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 34
If the application requires more immediate notice that a device has started to
move (i.e. a “Start Report”), then the Motion Report Flag should be enabled. In
so doing, the device will send an immediate STATUS_MESSAGE to the server
application that motion has commenced while the device was in the IDLE State.
After this initial STATUS_MESSAGE is sent, then the device will go compute a
new position fix and commence further reporting in accordance with its other
configuration settings. If the device was in some state other than the IDLE State
when motion commenced, then the device will first compute a new position fix
before sending a new message to the server application.
A “Stop Report” is also available under the Motion Report Flag settings. The
TrimTrac ProE will also attempt a final “at-rest” position after coming to a stop;
however, the Stop Report function will set the TriggerType to “6=Stop Report”
denoting that the device has actually come to rest.
Unlike the Start/Stop reporting settings under Report Delay Flag, the transmission
of in-route position reports and status messages will NOT be selectively
suppressed based upon these Motion Report Flag settings alone.
Report Delay Flag
This is an extremely important parameter used to help manage communication
costs. It has little, if any, impact on power consumption, but it is instrumental in
minimizing communication costs. Basically, the Report Delay Flag selectively
suppresses the transmission of messages until certain events occur or messages
are received from the server application.
For instance, setting the Report Delay Flag to “1=Tx Exception Reports only”
suppresses all normal position reports and status messages and only Exception
Reports are transmitted.
An Exception Report is defined as any message that is transmitted as a result of:
• Alert Status (HPA, MPA or LPA) becoming set to either “1=Activated” or
“2=Sent”;
• Scheduled Report becoming due;
• Violation of a Scheduled Hours Mode, Geofence Enforcement or Speed
Enforcement parameter;
• Response to queries received from the server application.
Provided there are no conditions that would otherwise trigger an Exception
Report, the device will operate in the background based on motion to compute
and log, but not transmit, new position fixes whenever the Report Delay Flag is
set to “1=Tx Exception Reports only”. These logged messages and positions can
be subsequently retrieved by the server application by sending the TrimTrac ProE
the appropriate query message. The server application can change the device
configuration or query it for other information and still get a response even if the
Report Delay Flag is set to suppress some or all other messages. All alert, query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg35.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 35
and, if enabled, Scheduled Report Mode messages are transmitted regardless of
how the Report Delay Flag is set.
Additionally, the Report Delay Flag can selectively suppress motion-triggered
transmissions by time of day, when used in conjunction with the Scheduled Hours
Mode, or based upon the starting and stopping of motion.
When the Report Delay Flag is set to “4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status & Exception
Reports” or “7=Tx Start/Stop & Exception Reports (No IDLE Status)”, the device
will send reports based upon the initiation of motion and when the device comes
to rest as follows:
1. When the device exits the IDLE State due to motion (according to the Static
Motion Filter), the device will:
a. Compute and transmit a new POSITION_REP, if GPS is available (or
STATUS_MSG if GPS is not available) if the Motion Report Flag is
set “0=Disabled”, or
b. Transmit a Motion Report if the Motion Report Flag is set
“1=Enabled” and then it will compute and log a new POSITION_REP,
if GPS is available (or STATUS_MSG if GPS is not available).
2. For as long as motion continues (according to the Dynamic Motion Filter), the
device will continue operating in the background computing and logging
position fixes, but these position reports will not normally be transmitted.
Each time the device logs a new position fix, it will also attempt to find and
register on a GSM network to receive any incoming messages from the server
application.
3. When the device comes to rest (i.e. There has been no motion since the most
recent FIX State according to the Dynamic Motion Filter), it will compute and
transmit a new POSITION_REP, if GPS is available (or STATUS_MSG if
GPS is not available).
Several factors determine how long the device must remain at rest before a stop
report is transmitted. Typically, the DELAY Timeout, T4, is the primary
determinant; however, what state the device happens to be in when motion ceases
can also have a significant effect. Being “at rest” is defined as no motion since
the device last exited the FIX State. If motion ceased just prior to the most recent
position fix being computed, then the stop report will be transmitted just after the
TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, QUERY Timeout, T5, and DELAY Timeout, T4, have
all expired. If motion ceased just after a position fix has been computed, then the
device must cycle through the entire state machince once more, compute one last
position fix, and then wait for the other state timeouts to expire before
transmitting the stop report.
In as much as coming to rest is a random event relative to whatever state the
device happens to be in at the time and whether or not GPS and GSM coverage
are available, the expected time before a stop report is transmitted will be the
average of these two extremes.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg36.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 36
The difference between “4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status & Exception Reports” or
“7=Tx Start/Stop & Exception Reports (No IDLE Status)” is that with “4=Tx
Start/Stop, IDLE Status & Exception Reports” STATUS_MESSAGES triggered
by expiration of the IDLE Timeout, T1, are transmitted; with “7=Tx Start/Stop &
Exception Reports (No IDLE Status)” no such STATUS_MESSAGES are
transmitted. Please note that if no STATUS_MESSAGES triggered by expiration
of the IDLE Timeout, T1, are transmitted and the device remains at rest, the
device will not report its health to the server application. As such, the server
application will need to devise some other method to, for instance, monitor
battery capacity.
Finally, the Report Delay Flag can alternate between logging messages and
transmitting messages. For instance, it can be configured to log five or ten
messages and transmit only the next one. This reduces communication costs
during “normal” operation, but if the need were to arise, there is more detailed
position history available for query on the device, which may be of interest if, for
instance, a tracked vehicle were involved in an accident or was suspected of
deviating from a desired route.
This intermittent transmitting of in-route position reports can be particularly
useful when used in conjunction with the Motion Report Flag settings. For
instance, some applications may not need frequent in-route position reports, but
want to know very quickly when the TrimTrac ProE has come to a stop. Setting
the Report Delay Flag to either 5 or 6 while setting the Motion Report Flag to 2 or
3 will reduce the number of in-route position reports but still provide a timely
Stop Report shortly after the TrimTrac ProE has come to rest. This configuration
has the added benefit of providing a high density historical track log that can be
queried should the need arise.
Diagnostics Mode
This feature enables or disables the LED. For covert installations, it may be
useful to disable the flashing LED.
Speed Enforcement
This feature is used to report speed limit violations. If 1 Hz GPS is disabled, then
the speed measured while the device is in the FIX state is used to determine
whether a speed limit violation is in effect. If 1 Hz GPS is enabled, then the
device will more continuously monitor speed while the device is in motion.
Speeding Status Flag
The Speeding Status flag will become set to “1=Violation” whenever:
1. The speed measured while in the FIX State is greater than the Speed
Enforcement threshold if 1 Hz GPS is NOT enabled; or
2. If 1 Hz GPS is enabled, whenever measured speed exceeds the Speed
Enforcement threshold for ten (10) or more consecutive seconds.
The Speeding Status flag will remain set to “1=Violation” whenever:
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg37.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 37
1. The speed measured while in the FIX State is greater than the Speed
Enforcement threshold if 1 Hz GPS is NOT enabled; or
2. If 1 Hz GPS is enabled and measured speed is greater than ten (10%) less
than the Speed Enforcement threshold.
The Speeding Status flag will be or become set “0=No Violation” whenever:
1. The speed measured while in the FIX State is equal to or less than the
Speed Enforcement threshold if 1 Hz GPS is NOT enabled;
2. 1 Hz GPS is enabled and:
a. If the Speeding Status flag is set “1=Violation” AND the
measured speed drops below ten (10%) less than the Speed
Enforcement threshold; or
b. If the Speeding Status flag is already set “0=No Violation” AND
the measured speed does not exceed the Speed Enforcement
threshold for ten (10) or more consectutive seconds.
Speeding Report Mode
The Speeding Report Mode determines whether or not motion-based
REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG messages are transmitted on the basis of the
Speeding Status flag setting regardless of how the Report Delay Flag is set.
If the Speeding Report Mode is set “0=Report All Violations” and
1. If the Speeding Countdown Timer has not been enabled:
a. When the Speeding Status flag is set or becomes set
“1=Violation”, then all motion-based REPORT_POS and
STATUS_MSG messages shall have the TriggerType set
“2=Exception Report” and will be transmitted.
b. When the Speeding Status flag changes from “1=Violation” to
“0=No Violation”, the device will transmit a REPORT_POS in
which the TriggerType is set “2=Exception Report”.
c. For as long as the Speeding Status flag remains set “0=No
Violation”, then the device will operate in conformance with its
other parameters, including by way of example the the Report
Delay Flag.
2. If the Speeding Countdown Timer is enabled and running, but has NOT
yet expired, then the Speeding Status flag setting will have no effect on
whether or not the TriggerType is set to “2=Exception Report” in any
REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG messages created while the Speeding
Countdown Timer is running .
3. If the Speeding Countdown Timer is enabled AND expires while the
measured speed continues to set the Speeding Status flag to
“1=Violation”, the device will transmit a single REPORT_POS in which
the TriggerType is set “2=Exception Report”.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg38.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 38
If the Speeding Report Mode is set “1=Report Initial Violation”, the device will
operate as follows:
1. Changing the Speeding Status flag from “0=No Violation” to
“1=Violation” will:
a. Cause the creation of a REPORT_POS in which the TriggerType
will be set “2=Exception Report” if the Speeding Countdown
Timer has expired or has not otherwise been enabled:
b. Have no effect on whether or not the TriggerType is set to
“2=Exception Report” in any REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG
messages created while the Speeding Countdown Timer is running
2. If the Speeding Status flag had already been previously set to
“1=Violation”, a continuing speed violation in and by itself will not cause
the TriggerType to be set “2=Exception Report” in any REPORT_POS
and STATUS_MSG messages created while the speed violation persists,
but rather the device will operate and report in accordance with its other
configuration parameters.
3. No new REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG will be logged or transmitted
as a result of the Speeding Status flag changing from “1=Violation” to
“0=No Vioation” or remaining set “0=No Vioation”.
Speeding Countdown Timer
The Speeding Countdown Timer is intended to suppress nuisance speed violation
reports caused by, for instance, stop and go traffic in which the measured speed
toggles above and below the speeds required to set or clear the Speeding Status
flag. In other words, the Speeding Countdown Timer specifies the minimum time
between new speed violation triggered messages.
The Speeding Countdown Timer starts running immediately after the Speeding
Status flag changes from “0=No Violation” to “1= Violation”. While the
Speeding Countdown Timer is running, continued or new speeding violations will
not cause the TriggerType to be set to “2=Exception Report” in any
REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG messages.
Note that if a geofence violation is in effect when the Speeding Status flag is
either set or cleared, the geofence configuration information that would otherwise
be included with messages sent by the TrimTrac ProE will not be included. See
section on geofences.
Scheduled Report Mode
This feature allows the transmission of status and position information at some
pre-determined time regardless of how the Report Delay Flag may be set. At the
designated time each week or day, depending upon how the Scheduled Report
Mode is enabled, the TrimTrac ProE will transmit a new STATUS_MESSAGE
containing the current state of all monitored parameters, such as battery capacity,
alerts, geofence status and so on, plus the most recently logged
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg39.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 39
REPORT_POSITION. If the device had been unable to compute a new position
fix since the most recently logged REPORT_POSITION, and there has been
recent motion, then the new STATUS_MESSAGE will have the Position Age flag
set to “1=Aged”.
Enabling this Scheduled Report Mode has the added benefit of the server
application knowing when the device will be connected to the GSM network. As
such, the server application could send messages in anticipation of the TrimTrac
ProE being connected to the GSM network at the designated time. This is
particularly useful if the TrimTrac ProE is expected to be off the GSM network
for an extended period of time due to either being out of coverage or due to lack
of motion and long IDLE Timeout, T1, settings. Some GSM network operators
may delay when messages or data packets get delivered to mobile devices when
the mobile device has not been connected to the network for an extended period.
Note that this feature can not be used to force the TrimTrac ProE to report at fixed
intervals other than daily or weekly.
Polling
Polling on the TrimTrac ProE has been implemented somewhat differently than
earlier generations of the TrimTrac locator. Polling can be implemented on the
TrimTrac ProE either based upon motion or regardless of motion. In order to
enable polling, the TrimTrac ProE remains connected to the GSM network in
states other than just the TRANSMIT or QUERY states. Connection to the GSM
network requires that the device keep the internal GSM modem powered up and
operating. This, of course, increases power consumption and reduces battery life,
but the ability to more continuously communicate with the device may outweigh
these negative side effects.
When do you want
to communicate
with the TrimTrac?
Anytime
Polling
Setting
In Motion
Polling
Setting
Comments
At anytime 24/7 2=OnDemand 0=Disabled Recommended for GPRS only.
High continuous power
consumption
While in motion
only
0=Disabled 1=OnDemand GSM off while in IDLE State
While in motion and
sometimes while at
rest
1=Duty-
Cycled
1=OnDemand GSM on continuously,
excepted cycled on/off while
in IDLE to save power.
Recommended for SMS-only
mode.
Only when it would
wake up on its own
0=Disabled 0=Disabled Lowest power consumption.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 40
Table 12. GSM Polling Options
If communication with the device is required at all times, whether the device is
moving or is at rest, then the Anytime Polling feature can be set “2=OnDemand”.
The device will be able to receive and process messages sent from the server
application in virtual real-time, regardless of which state the device may be in at
the time, except when the device itself is already transmitting a message.
As noted above, however, leaving the GSM modem on continuously to support
this Anytime Polling OnDemand capability has a negative impact on power
consumption. To help mitigate this parasitic power drain, it may be useful to
cycle the GSM modem on and off periodically while the device is at rest. This is
the purpose of the Duty-Cycled setting for Anytime Polling. When enabled,
Duty-Cylced polling turns off the GSM modem for some pre-defined period while
in the IDLE State (i.e. at rest with no motion) and then turns it back on
momentarily to check for any messages sent by the server application. While the
device is in motion, the GSM modem remains on continuously.
The In-Motion Polling feature is used when polling is to be enabled ONLY while
motion is being sensed. If no motion is occurring and the device is in the IDLE
State, then the GSM modem will be powered off except as required to process
normal IDLE state messages. While in motion, however, the GSM modem will
remain powered up, thereby allowing continuous connection to the GSM network.
The In-Motion Polling feature is submissive to Anytime Polling, meaning that if
Anytime Polling is enabled, be it set to OnDemand or Duty-Cycled, then the
GSM modem will remain powered during motion regardless of how the In-
Motion Polling feature is set.
If neither Anytime Polling nor In-Motion Polling is enabled, then the device can
only be query, polled, or otherwise communicated with while it is in the QUERY
state only.
A popular combination when using SMS messaging is to have In-Motion Polling
set to “1=OnDemand” and Anytime Polling set to “1=Duty Cycled while in
IDLE State”. This will allow continuous communication with any device while it
is motion, but then cycle the GSM modem on and off while in the IDLE State to
minimize power consumption but still allowing more frequent polling of the
device than would otherwise be afforded by the expiration of IDLE Timeout, T1,
alone.
Duty cycling the GSM modem while in the IDLE State may result in excessive
GPRS data charges since some carriers charge a minimum number of Bytes (i.e.
1k Bytes) each time a GPRS session is established regardless of how much user
data is actually transmitted during the current GPRS session. Therefore, leaving
the GSM modem on for as long as possible by setting this Anytime Polling to
2=OnDemand may be preferred when using GPRS communications, even if doing
so results in much higher power consumption.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 41
Final consideration on how polling is enabled is that network operators from time
to time make changes on their networks that require power cycling of mobile
devices. The power reset occurs automatically on the TrimTrac ProE each time
the device cycles through the state machine in accordance with its default settings;
however, if Anytime Polling is set “2=OnDemand” or if the device is in
continuous motion and In-Motion Polling is set “1=Enabled”, the device may
never power cycle off. It is, therefore, recommended that Anytime Polling be set
“2=OnDemand” only when the application absolutely requires uninterrupted
communications and the device can be physically accessed to execute a power off
reset whenever such a need arises.
For those applications that require polling capabilites and the ability to recover
from network changes that require power cycling, it is recommended that In-
Motion Polling be set to “1=OnDemand” and Anytime Polling be set to “1=Duty
Cycled while in IDLE State”. Then set Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19 to 60
seconds and set Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, to 3600 seconds. In so doing,
the server application can be in constant communication with the device while it
is in motion. While stationary, the device will keep the GSM modem active but
shut it off for 60 seconds after being on for an hour. This will achieve the power
reset that may be required from time to time as a result of changes on the network.
Query Hold Flag
The Query Hold Flag is seldom changed from its default configuration. In its
default 0=Disabled mode and assuming neither Anytime Polling nor In-Motion
Polling is enabled, if the device loses connection to the GSM network while in the
QUERY state, it will not attempt to re-establish connection again until the has
cycled back through the state machine and again re-enters the TRANSMIT or
QUERY states.
If the Query Hold Flag is set, then the device will attempt to re-establish
connection to the GSM network if connection to the GSM network was lost prior
to the expiration of the QUERY State Timeout, T5. It will attempt to re-establish
connection to the GSM network until the QUERY State Timeout, T5, has expired.
This may be of benefit to certain applications where no Polling is enabled and the
device may be expected to rapidly come into and exit GSM coverage and there is
a strong need to get messages transmitted as soon as possible. The Automatic
Message Log Dump feature described elsewhere, however, should suffice in most
applications.
Transmit Attempts
The number of transmit attempts is individually selectable for position reports,
status messages and alert messages. Each time the device has messages to be
transmitted, it enters the TRANSMIT State and assuming a GSM network is
available, it will make the specified number of transmit attempts until the
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 42
TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, expires or the message is successfully transmitted,
whichever is earlier.
In the case of normal position and status messages, the default number of transmit
attempts is one, meaning that if the transmission attempt fails prior to expiration
of the TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, either due to an error received from the GSM
protocol stack or loss of GSM network connection, then the device will terminate
the current TRANSMIT state and move on. It will not attempt to re-transmit the
message again in either the current or subsequent TRANSMIT states unless
queried to do so or if Automatic Message Log Dump is enabled.
If the number of transmit attempts is set to some other non-zero valve, then the
device will make however many transmit attempts are specified until the earlier of
confirmation of a successful transmission or expiration of the TRANSMIT
Timeout, T3. If set to “0”, then the device will continuously try to transmit the
message without any transmit attempt limit until the earlier of confirmation of a
successful transmission or expiration of the TRANSMIT Timeout, T3.
In the case of alert messages, the transmit attempts are all set default to 0,
meaning that the device will continue to attempt to transmit alert messages until
the earlier of confirmation of a successful transmission or expiration of the
TRANSMIT Timeout, T3.
In almost all application, the number of transmit attempts should be set either to 0
or 1; however, if the device is expected to be operating in areas where GSM
networks may have marginal robustness, then Status Message Transmit Attempts,
N2, and Position Report Transmit Attempts, N1, should be set to either “0=Until
T3 Expires” or to “3 to 5 Attempts”. HPA Transmit Attempts, N5, MPA
Transmit Attempts, N6 and LPA Transmit Attempts, N7 should be left at the
default setting of “0=Until Tx Expires”.
Motion Sensor Override
This parameter is most useful during server application development and as an
override for units in the field that may have had a motion sensor failure. During
“normal” operation, however, the Motion Sensor Override should always be set to
default.
Setting the Motion Sensor Override to either “1=Motion Always” or “0=Motion
Never” causes the TrimTrac ProE operate as if it is in constant motion or at rest,
respectively. By forcing the device into either of these two modes, application
developers can see how the device is expected to operate in the field.
Should a motion sensor malfunction in the field, then this parameter can be used
to override its operation either on or off. For instance, if the motion sensor gets
stuck and the device will not stop reporting after coming to rest, then this
command could be used to turn off the motion sensor altogether. Conversely, if
the motion detector stops sensing motion even while the device is known to be
moving, then the motion sensor could be over ridden into the “on” state.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 43
Variable State Timeouts for High and Medium Priority Alerts
During normal conditions, the TrimTrac ProE operates in accordance with its
current parameter configurations; however, when a High or Medium Priority
Alert is activated, the frequency at which the TrimTrac ProE cycles through the
state machine can be varied. For instance, the TrimTrac ProE may be configured
to report once every 15 minutes, which may be adequate under “normal”
conditions. If, however, a High or Medium Priority Alert is activated, then more
frequent reporting is usually required. As such, the timeouts associated with the
IDLE, DELAY and TRANSMIT states can be individually selected based upon
whether a High and/or Medium Priority Alert has been activated. In the case of a
High Priority Alert, the QUERY state timeout can also be varied.
Additionally and as described elsewhere, the number of Transmit Attempts can be
set for High and Medium, as well as Low, Priority Alerts.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 44
Application Scenarios
Introduction
The TrimTrac ProE is both elegant and powerful in its simplicity. How to best configure
it for any given application, however, may not always be intuitively obvious. The intent
of this section is to provide operational insight and specific configuration suggestions
based on different application environments.
General Considerations
When deciding how to best configure the TrimTrac ProE, consider the following:
1. What is the expected frequency and duration of motion?
2. How often should the unit compute a new position fix while in motion?
3. How often should the unit report while in motion? While stationary?
4. How sensitive is the end-user application to power consumption, recurring
communication costs, or both?
Motion Profile
How frequently the TrimTrac ProE is moved and how long it remains in motion
will effect unit operation. For instance, a unit that is expected to make many short
trips per day will generally benefit from having a higher number of position fixes
than one that moves only a couple of times per day but remains in motion longer
during each trip.
Fix Density While in Motion
In general, if there are going to be multiple trips per day, setting the DELAY
Timeout, T4, to 25% of the expected duration of each trip will provide a
reasonable fix density. For instance, if the average time of each trip is
approximately one hour, setting DELAY Timeout, T4, to 15 minutes (900
seconds) has proven to be a good balance between fix density, power
consumption and, if transmitted, communication costs.
The maximum fix density one can expect to get from the TrimTrac ProE is one
position fix every 30 seconds. Achieving this level of fix density requires that
Anytime Polling or In-Motion Polling be set to “OnDemand” and that GPS Fix
Rate be set “1=1Hz” with good GPS signal strength and GSM coverage.
Reporting Frequency
The TrimTrac ProE can report at different rates depending upon whether the
device is in motion or is at rest. The IDLE Timeout, T1, setting largely
determines how frequently the device will report will at rest. Each time the IDLE
Timeout, T1, expires, the device will transmit a STATUS_MESSAGE unless the
Report Delay Flag is set to suppress such messages.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg3f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 45
The TrimTrac ProE is designed to compute new position fixes while the device is
in motion. The rate at which the TrimTrac ProE computes new position fixes
needs not be the same rate at which it transmits those logged positions to the
server application. While the device is in motion, the DELAY Timeout, T4,
setting largely determines the frequency at which the TrimTrac ProE will attempt
to compute and log a new position fix.
How frequently those logged positions are transmitted, however, is determined
mostly by the Report Delay Flag setting. For instance, if the Report Delay Flag is
set to some value other than “0=Transmit (‘Tx’) All Messages”, some or all of the
logged positions may not be transmitted unless a QUERY_LOG or similar
message is received by the TrimTrac ProE or if the Scheduled Report Mode is set
to either “1=Weekly” or “2=Daily”.
Battery Life and Communication Costs
If computing position fixes consumed no power and if communication costs were
“free,” then there would be no need to worry about such things. Alas, such is not
the case. In any given application, there must be an appropriate trade off between
communication costs, power consumption and battery life and the need for
information. Taking into account the foregoing general considerations, the
following sections look at different application scenarios and suggest possible
configurations.
Polling
In its default configuration, the server application can communicate with the
TrimTrac ProE only while the device is in the QUERY State, which may not
allow frequent enough communications for some applications. As such, the
TrimTrac ProE has several different polling options that can be activated
depending upon the appropriate mixture of power consumption, communication
costs and the need to communicate with the device in a timelier manner than
allowed by the default settings.
Depending upon the specific application requirements, the polling capability of
the TrimTrac ProE can be selectively turned on and off or simply left on
continuously regardless of motion or current operational state.
For instance, if Anytime Polling is set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, then the GSM
modem will never be turned off. The device will be able to receive and process
data messages whether the device is at rest or is in motion regardless what
operational state the device may be at the time. Power consumption and battery
life will both be negatively affected.
If, on the other hand, continuous polling capabilities are required only while the
device is in motion, then the In-Motion Polling feature would be set
“1=OnDemand while in Motion”. Once the device comes to rest, the GSM
modem would be turned off to save power. It would be powered back up upon
the occurrence of a TriggerType event or whenever the Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20, is running.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg40.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 46
A final consideration on whether or not to enable polling is that network operators
make changes on the GSM network from time to time that require mobile devices
to be turned off and then powered back up before such changes take effect. If the
modem is left on continuously due to polling being enabled, then this power
cycling will not happen automatically.
Enabling any polling capability will have a significant impact on power
consumption. Setting the Anytime Polling to “2=Anytime OnDemand” will limit
the life of four AA alkaline batteries to no more than 1-2 days depending upon
how frequently the GSM network pings the device for registration information.
Therefore, any polling mode, except perhaps for Cycled Polling, is best reserved
for those TrimTrac ProEs using a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module while
connected to an external source of 12VDC power.
Example Applications
Baseline (Default) Application
TrimTrac ProE default values are based upon two trips per day (frequency) with
each trip being one hour in length (duration). Market research studies indicate
that most end-user consumers believe a nominal 15-minute position reporting
interval while the vehicle is moving is a good combination of timely information,
reasonable SMS communication costs, and battery life.
This baseline application scenario, assuming good GPS signal strength and GSM
coverage, will yield 10 position reports per day plus one or two status messages
each day, depending upon how the two trips are spaced out over the course of a
day. Typically, four AA alkaline batteries will last for up to 90 days before they
would need to be replaced under this application scenario using factory default
settings.
Command to Return Unit to Default
Configuration and Clear the Message Log
See
Page
AT+CTKE=3 119
Table 13, Provisioning Command for Default Configuration Settings and Log Clearing
Note: Clearing the Message Log does not reset the Report Sequence Number.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg41.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 47
Query-to-Fix Applications
Some applications may not need regular position updates at all and only need
regularly scheduled status updates to confirm device health and battery level. In
such applications, the device would occasionally be queried for its current
position on an “as-need” basis..
Setting Point Counterpoint
Report Delay Flag set to
“1=Tx Exception Reports
Only”.
Saves communication costs
by not transmitting any
normal REP_POSTION or
STATUS_MESSAGE
Normal reporting is halted
unless queried.
Scheduled Report Mode set
to either “1=Weekly” or
“2=Daily” depending upon
how frequently a health and
battery level check is
desired
Set Scheduled Report Time,
T18, to whatever time of
week or day the device is to
transmit a
STATUS_MESSAGE with
TriggerType set
“4=Scheduled Report”
Alternately, the Report
Delay Flag could be set
“3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1,
Status Messages &
Exceptions” with IDLE
Timeout, T1, set to 999,990
seconds.
Motion Sensor Override set
to “2=Motion Never”
This will keep the device
from computing a new
position fix even though
there may be actual motion.
Because the device is not
actively computing position
fixes, the time to compute a
new fix upon receipt of a
QTKD message will be
marginally longer. No
positions will be logged
between QTKD messages.
Anytime Polling set
“1=Cycled”
Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19, based on
the desired maximum
response time to a query.
For instance, if a one-hour
response time to a position
query is acceptable, then set
T19 to 3600 seconds;
Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20, set to 60
seconds.
With these settings, the
device will turn on the
GSM modem within one
hour for 60 seconds of
coming to rest in the IDLE
State. During the 60
seconds, the device is able
to receive messages. Then
the off/on cycle repeats. If
T19 is increased
substantially, or in areas
with GSM networks known
to have poor coverage or
performance, it may be
beneficial to also increase
T20 to 120 or 180 seconds
to allow the SMSC more
time to send queued
messages.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg42.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 48
When the device is to be
queried for its current
position, send it a
QUERY_POSITION
message with Position
Query Mode set
“P=Compute New Position”
Upon receipt of the
QUERY_POSITION
message, the device will
compute a new position fix
regardless of how the
Position Age flag is set.
The device may not receive
the QUERY_POSITION
message until Polling Duty-
Cycle Frequency, T19
expires (up to an one-hour
in this example), the next
Scheduled Report time, or
upon expiration of the IDLE
Timeout, T1, whichever is
earliest.
Table 14, Minimize Communication Costs and Query-to-Fix
Query-to-Fix Configuration with Weekly status
messages at Sunday 12:00AM UTC and hourly
polling.
See
Page
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,900,60,168,20,0,1,1,0 126
AT+CTKX=1,0,0,1,3600,60,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,2 127
Table 15, Sample Non-default Commands for Query-to-Fix Configuration
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg43.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 49
Stationary Assets
Whereas a personal automobile normally moves on a daily basis, other assets are
expected to remain stationary. When a stationary asset does move, it truly is an
extraordinary event requiring immediate action. Under normal stationary
conditions, perhaps all that is required is a periodic heartbeat from the unit letting
the server application know that the locator is still alive and functioning.
Using the Scheduled Report Mode, Report Delay Flag and Motion Report Flag,
the unit can closely monitor and report upon initial movement while providing a
regularly scheduled heart beat. Expected battery life of four AA alkaline
batteries, assuming default configuration settings, except those depicted in Table
16, would be approximately 9-10 months even if the asset moved once a week for
an hour or so.
Setting Point Counterpoint
Scheduled Report Mode set
to either “1=Daily” or
“2=Weekly”.
Provides a regularly
scheduled
STATUS_MESSAGE
letting the server
application that device is
operational and give a
battery level indication.
Does not cause a new
position fix to be computed
even if there has been
motion since the last logged
position, but in a stationary
application, this should be
of little consequence.
Report Delay Flag set
“2=Tx Motion-related &
Exceptions”
Saves power and
communication costs by not
transmitting any
STATUS_MESSAGE
triggered by expiration of
DELAY Timeout, T4.
If want only Schedule
Report and Motion Report
Triggered messages
transmitted, set Report
Delay Flag to “1=Tx
Exception Reports only”.
Motion Report Flag set
“1=Report Motion in IDLE
(before attempting new GPS
fix)”
Sends notification to server
application immediately
upon sensing of initial
motion in the IDLE State.
Then goes and does a
position fix.
May not be worth the extra
data message in some
applications.
Table 16, Stationary Asset Settings
Sample Stationary Configuration Settings
Expected Battery Life: 9-10 Months
See
Page
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,900,60,168,20,1,2,1,0 117
AT+CTKX=2,0,0,0,3600,60,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0 127
Table 17, Sample Non-default Commands for Stationary Configuration
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg44.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 50
High-Performance Tracking and Reporting
If power consumption and communication costs are of no object and the
application requires maximum fix density and constant communication, then the
device can be configured to report as frequently as once every 30 seconds and
could be polled at any time. The communication cost would increase
substantially if the device were transmitting position fixes at the rate of one every
30 seconds. In this configuration, it is not practical to operate on four AA
alkaline batteries except for very short periods measured in hours (not days). But
if you and or your customer are willing to take these hits, then the TrimTrac ProE
can be an extremely cost-effective way to monitor dynamic assets.
If GPS Fix Rate is set to “1=1Hz GPS”, Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime
OnDemand”, QUERY Timeout, T5 and DELAY Timeout, T4 are both set to 10
Seconds; all other parameters at default, and the unit has good GPS and GSM
coverage, then the maximum reporting frequency one can expect from a TrimTrac
ProE is one transmission every 30 seconds. This reporting rate will, however,
significantly impact power consumption and communication cost, especially if
SMS messaging is used.
Setting Point Counterpoint
In-Motion Polling set
“1=OnDemnad”;
Anytime Polling set
“1=Duty-Cycled”;
Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19, set to 60
Seconds;
Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20.
Allows near constant
communication with the
TrimTrac ProE even while
actively computing a new
position fix or transmitting
a message.
Drastically reduces battery
life to as little as 4 days
even if there is no new
position fixes are being
computed and transmitted.
Actual battery life
dependent upon, amongst
other things, how frequently
the GSM network forces the
device to re-register on the
network. If longer response
times are acceptable, then
consider setting Anytime
Polling to “1=Duty-Cycled”
DELAY Timeout, T4, set to
minimum 10 seconds
Minimizes the time between
message transmissions
If want only Scheduled
Report Mode and Motion
Report Flag Triggered
messages transmitted, set
Report Delay Flag to “1=Tx
Exception Reports only”.
QUERY Timeout, T5, set to
minimum 10 seconds
Minimizes the time between
message transmissions
Should be set no lower than
60 seconds if either In-
Motion Polling or Anytime
Polling set “0=Disabled”
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg45.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 51
GPS Fix Rate set “1=1Hz
GPS
Continuous computation of
GPS positions while in
motion. Increases
resolution of Geofence
enforcement and stopped
position reporting
Heavy impact on power
consumption and, if used,
battery life.
Automatic Message Log
Dump set “1=Enabled”
Causes the transmission of
messages logged while
outside GSM coverage
upon restoration of GSM
Coverage
Messages may be received
out of sequence at the
server application.
Table 18, High Performance Settings
Sample High Performance Configuration Settings
Expected Battery Life: Less than One Day
See
Page
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,10,10,168,20,1,0,1,0 117
AT+CTKX=0,0,1,1,60,3600,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0 127
AT+CTKZ=10,0,0,43200,1,5,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 134
Table 19, Sample High Performance Settings
Rapid Start and Stop Motion Reports with Periodic In-route
Reporting
Some applications may require relatively infrequent in-route position reports but
want timely Start and Stop Motion Reports. In such applications, the settings are
largely the same as those for High Performance applications except the Report
Delay Flag and Motion Report Flag settings are different.
Setting Point Counterpoint
Motion Report Flag set
either to “2=Stop Motion
Report” or “3=Start and
Stop Motion Reports”
Provides a Stop Motion
Report soon after the
TrimTrac ProE has come to
rest
Report Delay Flag set either
to “5=Tx every 6th motion
triggered message” or
“6=Tx every 11th motion
triggered message”
Reduces the number of in-
route position report
transmissions while still
allowing a timely Stop
Motion Report.
In-Motion Polling set
“1=OnDemnad”;
Anytime Polling set
Allows near constant
communication with the
TrimTrac ProE even while
Drastically reduces battery
life to as little as 4 days
even if there is no new
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg46.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 52
“1=Duty-Cycled”;
Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19, set to 60
Seconds;
Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20.
actively computing a new
position fix or transmitting
a message.
position fixes are being
computed and transmitted.
Actual battery life
dependent upon, amongst
other things, how frequently
the GSM network forces the
device to re-register on the
network. If longer response
times are acceptable, then
consider setting Anytime
Polling to “1=Duty-Cycled”
DELAY Timeout, T4, set to
minimum 10 seconds
Minimizes the time between
message transmissions
If want only Scheduled
Report Mode and Motion
Report Flag Triggered
messages transmitted, set
Report Delay Flag to “1=Tx
Exception Reports only”.
QUERY Timeout, T5, set to
minimum 10 seconds
Minimizes the time between
message transmissions
Should be set no lower than
60 seconds if either In-
Motion Polling or Anytime
Polling set “0=Disabled”
GPS Fix Rate set “1=1Hz
GPS
Continuous computation of
GPS positions while in
motion. Increases
resolution of Geofence
enforcement and stopped
position reporting
Heavy impact on power
consumption and, if used,
battery life.
Automatic Message Log
Dump set “1=Enabled”
Causes the transmission of
messages logged while
outside GSM coverage
upon restoration of GSM
Coverage
Messages may be received
out of sequence at the
server application.
Table 20, Start and Stop Motion Report and In-route Report Settings
Sample High Performance Configuration Settings
Expected Battery Life: Less than One Day
See
Page
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,10,10,168,20,3,5,1,0 117
AT+CTKX=0,0,1,1,60,3600,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0 127
AT+CTKZ=10,0,0,43200,1,5,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 134
Table 21, Sample Start and Stop Motion Report and In-route Report Settings
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg47.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 53
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module without Alerts
WARNING:
Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module into a TrimTrac base
unit:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a 9-32 VDC power source and
install a 100k Ohm resistor across the yellow wires; OR
B) Set the TrimTrac MPA Mode to “1=Disabled”.
FAILURE TO DO EITHER OF THESE WILL CAUSE THE TRIMTRAC
PROE TO IMMEDIATELY ACTIVATE A MEDIUM PRIORITY ALERT
AND BEGIN TRANSMITTING NOMINALLY EVERY 2-3 MINUTES
UNTIL AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS RECEIVED.
Use the AT+CTKY command as shown below to disable all alerts.
Disable ALL MODULE alerts See
Page
AT+CTKY=10,10,10,10,0,300,60,0,0,0,1,1,1 131
Table 22, Disable Module Alert Configuration Settings
Construction Equipment Monitoring
Many construction equipment scenarios are “exception” based reporting
applications, meaning reports are not typically sent unless there is some sort of
exception to the normal daily routine. Exceptions might include, for instance,
equipment that has left a designated construction site, motion outside normal
hours of operation, or the need to perform some sort of maintenance based upon
runtime hours. Alternately, it may be beneficial for billing or taxation purposes to
track how long a PTO-driven implement, such as a hole digger, is used vis-à-vis
total operation of the engine. The TrimTrac ProE can be configured to address
these scenarios.
The TrimTrac ProE has two resetable runtime meters. One is based on motion
while the other is hardwired to either a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module as a
LPA input. The motion based runtime meter can be used on either battery
powered or Vehicle Adapter or Control Module equipped TrimTrac ProEs. Use
of runtime meters will help manage maintenance schedules and track equipment
usage for deployment, billing and taxation purposes.
Setting Point Counterpoint
Runtime LPA-based set
“1=Enabled”
Positive start/stop of
runtime meter based upon
the LPA input switch
Requires a VAM or Control
Module. Can not be used if
LPA is configured for
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg48.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 54
position (no regard to
motion). Can be used to
monitor specific
implements on the
equipment, such as PTOs.
standard LPA input or if
Geofence Enforcement is
set “2=LPA Input
Enforced” or “3=LPA
Centered and Enforced”
Runtime LPA-based
Countdown, T30
Provides automatic reports
based upon runtime. Good
for maintenance, billing or
taxation.
Runtime Motion-based Good for monitoring when
equipment is being
transported or used. Can be
used on battery powered or
Module equipped TrimTrac
ProEs
Can not distinguish between
runtime caused by
transportation or operation
Scheduled Hours Mode set
“1=Enabled”
Prevents nuisance
transmissions during normal
working hours. Unit,
however, still logs position
information in the
background
Start time same for each
workday. Consecutive
daily hours and workdays
only.
Scheduled Report Mode set
to “2=Weekly”
Useful if equipment can be
idle for extended periods of
time
Geofence Enforcement Prevents nuisance
transmissions so long as
equipment is being used
where it supposed to be
used.
If geofence established and
activated onsite via LPA
switch, then a module is
required. LPA switch can
not be used for geofence if
used for standard LPA input
or for Runtime LPA-based
GPS Fix Rate set “1=GPS
1Hz”
Provides for more
continuous geofence
enforcement
Substantially increased
power consumption while
in motion.
Table 23, Construction Equipment Monitoring Settings
Sample Construction Equipment Configuration
Settings
See
Page
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,900,60,168,20,0,1,1,0 117
AT+CTKK=1,1,0,100,0,"+37.3842980","-122.0080760" 123
AT+CTKX=1,55785,1,1,60,3600,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0 127
AT+CTKZ=10,1,55785,3600,1,5,1,0,100,0,1,1,0,1,50,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 134
Table 24, Sample Construction Equipment Monitoring Settings
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg49.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 55
Under these sample configuration settings, the device will compute and log positions at a
nominal rate of once every 17-18 minutes. These and other messages will be transmitted,
if and only if:
• The device leaves the inclusive geofence area;
• Motion is sensed outside normal working hours;
• Motion-based Runtime Meter has accumulated 100 hours since last runtime
report;
• Speed limit of 50 mph is violated;
• Query messages is received; or
• It is time to transmit a weekly status report.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 56
Summary End-user and Installation Instructions
Battery Powered Units
1. Configure and provision the TrimTrac ProE as described in the
TrimTrac Technical Manual. As a minimum, the device must be
provisioned with a Destination Address and, if required by the SIM
card provider, a SIM PIN, even if all other factory default settings are
used.
2. If SIM card is already installed, remove the TrimTrac ProE base cover
and any installed modules to access the SIM cardholder.
3. Insert the activated SMS-enabled SIM card from your service provider
or wireless carrier into the SIM cardholder and close latch making sure
the SIM card is securely seated and locked into place.
4. Place the empty Battery Module in the TrimTrac ProE base while
aligning the arrow on Battery Module with the arrow on the TrimTrac
ProE base.
5. Press down on the Battery Module to snap it securely in place on all
four corners making sure all corner clip tabs are all fully engaged.
6. Insert four fresh AA alkaline batteries into the Battery Module with
polarities as shown on the Battery Module.
Note: The LED may or may not immediately begin flashing when
the unit is shaken depending upon which operational state the
device may have been in when batteries were inserted.
7. Install TrimTrac ProE base cover and tighten the hold down screw.
8. Place the TrimTrac ProE horizontally with TrimTrac logo facing up
and with as clear a view of the sky as possible.
9. To change batteries, remove the TrimTrac ProE base cover and
properly dispose of old batteries, then follow steps 6 through 8 above.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 57
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module Equipped Units
PLEASE CONNECT ALL WIRE LEADS PRIOR TO INSERTING THE VEHICLE
ADAPATER MODULE INTO THE TRIMTRAC PROE BASE
REQUIRED CONNECTIONS:
1. Connect RED wire to a constant, non-switched 9-32 VDC source of
power (+). An 1.0 Amp fuse rated for 1000 Amp interrupt capability
is required (Examples include Littelfuse p/n 0257001 and Bussmann
p/n BK/ATC-1).
2. Connect the BLACK wire to vehicle ground.
3. Connect YELLOW wires as follows:
a. Connect YELLOW wires to High, Medium and/or Low
Priority Alert devices as described in the OPTIONAL INPUTS
AND ALERTS below; OR.
b. Cut or tape off the YELLOW wires. Make sure the TrimTrac
ProE is programmed to Disable Medium Priority Alerts.
4. If a Control Module is being used, the internal standby battery needs to
be plugged in prior to initial use.
Figure 8. Control Module with Disconnected Stand-by Battery Leads
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 58
Figure 9. Control Module with Stand-by Battery Leads Connected
OPTIONAL INPUTS AND ALERTS:
1. Refer to the Vehicle Adapter and Control Module wiring diagrams
provided in the Technical Manual, in Figure 36 or Figure 37 on pages
213 and 214, respectively.
2. Mount the monitored input switches or devices in the desired
locations. It is best to install resistors with the values specified on the
wiring diagram at the monitored switch or device (instead of at the
TrimTrac ProE). In so doing, maximum tampering protection is
afforded.
3. Install a 100K-Ohm End-of-Line resistor as shown in the wiring
diagram, if Medium Priority Alerts are to be used.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS (Control Module Only):
1. Refer to the Control Module wiring diagram provided in the Technical
Manual, in Figure 37 on page 214.
2. The ORANGE (Output 1) and BLUE (Output 2) wires can be
connected directly to loads of less than 500 mA @ 12 VDC. ,
respectively. Larger loads should be controlled via an automotive
grade relay.
FINAL ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION:
1. Configure and provision the TrimTrac ProE as described in “TrimTrac
ProE Configuration” beginning on page 109. Generally, the device
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 59
must be provisioned with a Destination Address and, if required by the
SIM card provider, a SIM PIN, even if all other factory default settings
are used.
2. Remove the TrimTrac ProE base cover and any previously installed
module to access the SIM cardholder.
3. Insert the activated SIM card from your service provider or wireless
carrier into the SIM cardholder and close latch making sure the SIM
card is securely seated and locked into place.
Figure 10. Properly inserted SIM Card and latched holder.
3. Place the AA Battery, Vehicle Adapter or Control Module in the
TrimTrac ProE base while aligning the arrow on module with the
arrow on the TrimTrac ProE base. If a Control Module is being used,
be sure to connect the stand-by battery as shown in Figure 9 before
inserting the module into the TrimTrac ProE base.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 60
Figure 11. Align Arrows on base and module.
4. Press down on the module to snap in securely in place on all four
corners making sure all corner tabs are all fully engaged.
Figure 12. Module with all four corners securedly snapped into place.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg4f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 61
5. If a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module is being used, remove rubber
channel plug from the TrimTrac ProE base unit.
Figure 13. Rubber Channel Plug Removed
6. Route the wires from the Vehicle Adapter or Control Module through
the wiring channel in the TrimTrac ProE base. If a Vehicle Adapater
Module is being used, press the molded rubber piece into the channel.
Figure 14. Vehicle Adapter Module Wires Properly Routed.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg50.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 62
Figure 15. Control Module Wires Properly Routed
7. Install TrimTrac ProE base cover and tighten the hold down screw
being careful not to pinch any wires if a Vehicle Adapter or Control
Module are being used.
Figure 16. Cover in place with Wires Properly Routed
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg51.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 63
8. Place the TrimTrac ProE at a slight incline (TrimTrac logo facing up)
with as clear of a view of the sky as possible. Use the optional metal
bracket for permanent installations.
STANDBY BATTERY RECHARGE:
The internal standby battery should be recharged no less frequently than once
every three months. Unless the battery has been subjected to a deep
discharge, the internal standby battery will reach its maximum charge within 3
hours after external power has been applied to the Vehicle Adapter or Control
Module. Fully discharging the standby battery will decrease the battery life in
terms of the number of available recharge cycles and the maximum charge.
Charging of a fully discharged standby battery may take up to 24 hours.
External GPS Antenna
The TrimTrac ProE can operate on its internal GPS antenna or with an optional
external GPS antenna. To connect the external GPS antenna, remove the screw
plug on the side of the TrimTrac ProE to expose the RF connector. Carefully
insert the mating cable connector into the TrimTrac RF connector. No more than
five pounds of force should be used to snap the connectors together. Also, take
care that no excessive side force is applied to the cable connector. Excessive
insertion or side force may cause damage to the TrimTrac ProE and such damage
will not be covered by warranty. When used with an external GPS antenna, the
TrimTrac ProE is no longer water or dust resistant and battery life may be slightly
impacted.
Use of the external GPS antenna is recommended whenever:
1. The TrimTrac ProE can not be placed where it can receive adequate
GPS signals without the device being subjected to environmental
outside its specified ranges; or
2. The application requires a more discrete installation.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg52.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 64
Figure 17. External GPS Antenna RF Connector Plug.
Figure 18. External GPS Antenna RF Connector.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg53.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 65
Figure 19. External GPS Antenna Connected to TrimTrac ProE
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg54.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 66
Vehicle Placement Guidelines
1. Placing the TrimTrac ProE, or the optional external GPS antenna,
where it has a clear view of the sky unobstructed by metal will
maximize its ability to determine its location. Under no circumstances
should the TrimTrac ProE be placed where it is subjected to extreme
environmental conditions (temperature, vibration, water). For
instance:
a. DO NOT leave the TrimTrac ProE on the dashboard exposed
to direct sunlight or extreme temperatures (hot or cold).
b. DO NOT mount it where it will block the driver’s view or
otherwise impair safety.
c. DO NOT mount it inside the engine compartment
d. DO NOT subject it to direct water spray from the vehicle
wheels.
2. Typical placement locations for the TrimTrac ProE include:
a. Temporary use on the dashboard or rear window package shelf;
provided, however, that it is securely fasten down and
protected from direct sunlight.
b. In the glove box.
c. Under a passenger seat.
Unless the optional external GPS antenna is used, it is not
recommended that the TrimTrac ProE be placed in the trunk or boot of
the vehicle.
3. Unless used with the optional external GPS antenna, the TrimTrac
ProE should be placed in a near horizontal position with the TrimTrac
badge facing upward toward the sky. If used with the optional
external GPS antenna is used, then the antenna element should be
placed in a near horizontal position facing upward toward the sky
4. Depending upon how the TrimTrac ProE is configured to operate,
placement within the vehicle can have a significant impact on battery
life and, as shown in Figure 20, the number of position reports that are
generated. Actual results will vary.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg55.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 67
Report Density v. Unit/Antenna Placement and DELAY State Timeout, T4
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
10 100 1,000 10,000 100,000
DELAY State Timeout, T4 (Default = 900 Seconds)
Expected Number of Reports
Under Front Seat
(Typ. 345 Sec GPS Fix)
In Glovebox
(Typ. 190 Sec GPS Fix)
On Dashboard or with external GPS antenna
(Typ. 60 Sec GPS Fix)
As DELAY State Timeout, T4, increases, the
difference in the number of reports based on
unit placement decreases. GPS fix times remain
constant even as T4 increases.
Figure 20. Vehicle Placement versus Expected Number of Reports
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg56.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 68
Technical Tips and Troubleshooting
Introduction
The TrimTrac ProE and accessories are designed to operate in the conditions
outlined in the Specifications on page 182.
When used and maintained properly, the TrimTrac ProE provides years of
trouble-free service. The TrimTrac ProE has no user-serviceable parts other than
its replaceable batteries.
Should the TrimTrac ProE fail to operate properly, the user or service technician
should troubleshoot the installation before returning any components for repair. If
a component fails, return the TrimTrac ProE to the authorized Service and Repair
Center for repair.
This chapter provides some guidelines for troubleshooting common problems
associated with the TrimTrac ProE’s operation. Potential operating problems
might include:
Dead Batteries
Poor contact between the Battery Pack or Vehicle Adapter or Control
Module and TrimTrac ProE base
Poor GPS reception
Poor GSM coverage
Communication failure with base
TrimTrac ProE Application programming errors
Requesting Technical Assistance
The TrimTrac ProE and accessories are designed to operate in the conditions
outlined in the Specifications on page 182.
If the TrimTrac ProE continues to operate poorly after you follow the
troubleshooting guidelines described in this chapter, please contact your TrimTrac
ProE supplier for assistance and be prepared to provide complete unit
configuration and message log per the procedures described under “Minimum
Information Required for Technical Assistance” on page xiv of this manual.
Battery Problems
Make sure your batteries are generating sufficient current to power your TrimTrac
ProE and that they are installed with correct polarities. Make sure the Battery
Module is securely snapped into place and the cover screw is properly tightened.
Do not mix old and new batteries and do not leave dead batteries in the TrimTrac
ProE for extended periods of time. Alkaline batteries will leak and, in some
cases, rupture, if exposed to temperatures in excess of the manufacturer
specifications or if left installed in the TrimTrac ProE fully discharged for
extended periods of time.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg57.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 69
Battery Temperature Ranges
The TrimTrac ProE is specified to operate from –10 to +55 degrees C. This does
not necessarily mean that the TrimTrac ProE stops working outside this range. In
the case of the TrimTrac ProE, for instance, it means that its operation is type
approved over this range. The device may continue to operate in terms of
computing position fixes and transmitting or receiving messages outside the
specified temperature range, however, such operation is not guaranteed by
Trimble nor type approved.
In practice, the limiting factors in any battery-powered device in terms of
temperature ranges are the batteries themselves. The capacity of alkaline batteries
is, for instance, severely compromised and the batteries will leak when subjected
to high temperatures. The TrimTrac ProE will survive when subjected to
temperatures as high as +105 degrees C; however, alkaline batteries would likely
be damaged, leak and become unusable after being subjected to this elevated
temperature. Conversely, low temperatures will increase the internal resistance of
alkaline batteries and a voltage drop commensurate with the low temperatures
will be observed.
The NiMH battery in the Vehicle Adapter or Control Module has a wider
operating range than alkaline or LiION batteries, but it too will suffer from
temperature extremes. In particular, the charge capacity and cycles of a NiMH
battery will be decreased substantially when subjected to high temperatures. At
least they will not explode or catch fire when their rated temperature
specifications are exceeded like some LiION batteries.
Low temperatures do less permanent damage to batteries than high temperatures.
Generally, a battery subjected to low temperature will stop working, but may
recover once unit temperature is brought back to normal.
All battery life estimates assume that the batteries are at normal temperature (20
degrees C), that they have never been subjected to temperature extremes either
high or low, and, in the case of the Vehicle Adapter or Control Module NiMH
battery, are fully charged and have never been completely and fully discharged.
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module Battery Charging
The internal standby battery in the Vehicle Adapter or Control Module should
never be allowed to fully discharge. Even if the Vehicle Adapter or Control
Module is left uninstalled and unused, it should be connected to a 12 VDC power
supply no less frequently than once every 90 days to recharge the internal standby
battery. A good battery will reach full charge in approximately 3 hours.
GPS Reception Problems
Even though the TrimTrac ProE uses enhanced GPS sensitivity technology, it is
still advisable to position the device or the optional external GPS antenna with as
clear of a view of the sky as possible. Make sure that the TrimTrac ProE or
external GPS antenna is reasonably positioned to receive GPS signals.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg58.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 70
GPS Antennas
The TrimTrac ProE has an internal GPS antenna or can be used with an optional
external GPS antenna. When an external GPS antenna is first connected, the
TrimTrac ProE will not recognize that an external GPS antenna is attached until
the next time it enters the FIX State. On the other hand, if the external GPS
antenna is disconnected for five or more seconds, then the device will begin using
the internal GPS antenna immediately without first having to enter the FIX State.
Whether the device is using the internal or external GPS antenna is indicated (and
whether the device has a complete almanac) in each POSITION_REP and
STATUS_MESSAGE for which a position fix was attempted. Battery life may
be impacted when an external GPS antenna is used.
GPS Almanac Collection
When the TrimTrac ProE is used for the first time after being provisioned, the
unit may not have a complete or current GPS almanac. If the TrimTrac ProE
needs to collect or update the GPS almanac, it will do so by keeping the GPS
receiver operating in the background after a position fix is computed. This GPS
almanac collection will not interfere with the other operations of the TrimTrac
ProE. Whether the device has a complete almanac (and whether the device is
using the internal or external GPS antenna is indicated) in each POSITION_REP
and STATUS_MESSAGE for which a position fix was attempted.
GPS Almanac Loading
A current almanac can be collected from any operational TrimTrac ProE using the
PC-based TrimTrac GPS Almanac Tool. This collected almanac can, in turned,
be loaded into any other TrimTrac ProE.
Converting GPS Time (UTC), GMT and Local Times
Sample source code for converting GPS (UTC), GMT, and local times is available
on the www.trimtrac.com/documents partners’ page.
Orientation
When using the internal GPS antenna, the TrimTrac ProE should be in a near
horizontal position with a reasonably clear view of the horizon and sky. If
something on the vehicle—for example, the air conditioning unit on a cab or the
trailer connected to a tractor—blocks a significant portion of the horizon and the
GPS signals, the GPS receiver will take longer to acquire enough satellites for a
position fix. If the TrimTrac ProE frequently times out before completing a
position fix, try moving the TrimTrac ProE to a new location where it, or the
optional external GPS antenna, is not blocked as much.
GPS Jamming
The TrimTrac ProE should be installed as far away as possible from transmitting
antennas, including satellite communication, radar, VHF and cellular. These
transmitters may emit jamming signals that interfere with the GPS receiver’s
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg59.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 71
ability to track GPS satellite signals. Generally, the stronger the other transmitting
device, the wider the distance required between antennas. For the TrimTrac ProE,
Trimble recommends a minimum clearance of 50cm (approximately 18 in.) from
these transmitting devices.
Land-based transmitters, including microwave and television transmitters, can
also interfere with GPS reception. If the TrimTrac ProE is operating near an
antenna farm, the TrimTrac ProE may temporarily lose GPS reception while in
the vicinity of the transmitters. Reception should return once the TrimTrac ProE
moves away from the transmitters. If your GPS signals are being jammed and
moving does not correct the situation, the source of the jamming signal may be
another antenna mounted too close to your TrimTrac ProE. If possible, turn off
the equipment using other nearby antennas to see if this corrects the problem. If
turning off nearby equipment un-jams your GPS signals, you need to relocate one
or more of the jamming antennas.
Poor GSM Coverage
Check to make sure the SIM is not missing or incorrectly installed. Also, check
to confirm that you are using the correct SIM PIN as required by your SIM card
provider. Do the following:
1. Insert a SIM if none is present.
2. Remove and reinsert the existing SIM to verify proper installation.
3. Check the TrimTrac ProE configuration to ensure the correct PIN
is programmed.
4. Make sure that the SIM card hold-down latch is securely fasten
and all four corners are locked down.
Even in areas with strong GSM service, there may be pockets where GSM service
is poor or nonexistent due to how the carrier builds the network. Contact your
local service provider for information on GSM coverage.
How to Evaluate TrimTrac Placement
The number one rule in GPS is that a GPS antenna with a clear view of the sky
will have better performance than one that has a blocked view. For instance, a
TrimTrac ProE placed on the dashboard of a vehicle will almost certainly have
more GPS fixes than a unit placed under the seat or in the glove box, everything
else being equal. The real question is whether the TrimTrac ProE will provide the
level of performance required to meet the needs of the application.
The answer to this question is best derived from field-testing of the specific
vehicle and placement options. The test plan should call for at least one unit with
an external antenna that is placed on the roof of the vehicle. This antenna
placement will provide the best possible GPS performance and will establish the
baselined against which all other configurations and placements will be evaluated.
Operate all devices simultaneously. Do not attempt to place a single unit in one
location, do a test drive, and then relocate it to another area of interest. The only
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 72
way to truly test different placements is to have one device in each location
operating simultaneously with all the other units.
An example evaluation plan might be to have one device with its external antenna
placed on the roof, one unit operating on the internal antenna on the dashboard
with a clear view of the sky, one unit in the glove box and one under the front
seat. This would require a total of four units, all identically configured.
To maximize the amount of data, we recommend using the factory default
configuration, except the DELAY Timeout, T4, should be set to the minimum of
10 seconds. If an active SIM card is inserted in the TrimTrac ProE, then this will
result in a new message being logged every 2 to 3 minutes for the unit operating
on the external GPS antenna placed on the roof (See Figure 21. Expected
Reporting Frequencies). If no SIM card is inserted, then the TRANSMIT and
QUERY states are skipped, resulting in more frequent message logging.
The vehicle should be operated as one would expect in the actual application
environment. The data logged by the roof-top antenna equipped TrimTrac ProE
will provide a performance baseline against which the other units will be
compared. The analysis should compare the number of attempted position fixes
versus the number of successful position fixes during the test period by unit.
In general, testing done to date indicates that a unit located in the glove box will
on average get approximately 50% fewer position fixes than a unit located on the
dashboard of the vehicle. Units placed under the front seat will performance
about the same as units placed in the glove box unless the seat is a power seat.
Power seats have considerably more metal than manually adjusted seats and the
added metal attenuates the GPS signal that much more. It is not recommended
that units be placed in the trunk of standard 3-box style sedans unless an optional
external GPS antenna is used.
GSM Jamming
The TrimTrac ProE, or the optional external GPS antenna, should be installed as
far away as possible from other transmitting antennas including other TrimTrac
ProEs, satellite communication, radar, and VHF radio. These transmitters may
emit jamming signals that interfere with the GSM phone’s ability to track the
GSM signal. If there are other transmitting antennas located on the vehicle, try
moving the TrimTrac ProE farther away from these antennas. Generally, the
stronger the other transmitting device, the wider the distance required between
antennas.
No Data Communication via Provisioning Module
If you were able to communicate with an original TrimTrac using the
Provisioning Module and a PC running HyperTerminal, then you should also be
able to communicate with a TrimTrac ProE. Please make sure that you have
loaded the proper FTDI driver and configured HyperTerminal as described in
section Provisioning Set-up beginning on page 109.
If you continue to experience problems, then do the following:
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 73
1. Inspect the spring loaded connectors on the TrimTrac ProE to confirm that
none are damaged or misaligned.
2. It may be helpful to clean the contact pads on the Provisioning Module,
especially if the Provisioning Module has been in service for an extended
period of time. A pencil eraser has proven effective in removing any
residue or oxidation that may have built up.
3. When inserting the Provisioning Module into the TrimTrac ProE, make
sure all four corners of the Provisioning Module are completely and
securely snapped into place. If not securely snapped into place, then there
may not be good contact between the Provisioning Module and the
TRIMTRAC PROE base.
4. Start Hyperterminal and open a new connection using the recommended
settings. Type ATI and see if you a response. If no response, then
squeeze the Provisioning Module and TRIMTRAC PROE together near
the end where the connectors mate. You may get a RDY response or
string of characters if there is an intermittent connection.
5. Inspect the bottom of the Provisioning Module PCB. There are several
through-hole leads near the corner with the bar code label. If any leads are
protruding up through the solder, then perhaps they need to be trimmed if
you received an early version of the provisioning module built before the
lead trimming process had been fine tuned..
No Data Communication with Base
If the TrimTrac ProE is not communicating with the server application as
expected, do the following:
1. Confirm that a data-enabled SIM (SMS or GPRS) is inserted in the
unit and that the hold down latch is pressed all the way down and
securely holding the SIM card at all four corners.
2. The TrimTrac ProE is specified to work with 3.0 Volt SIMs only. If a
5.0 Volt SIM is used, the device may work with SMS, but it will NOT
work with GPRS.
3. Confirm proper provisioning, including Unit ID, SMS Destination
Address, Security Password, and, if needed, SIM PIN. Make sure the
correct APN, Username and Password are used for GPRS;
4. Verify that the unit has its application parameters configured as
desired. Pay particular attention to the Report Delay Flag, QUERY
Timeout, T5, and TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, settings. Default settings
for QUERY Timeout, T5, and TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, are
recommended.
5. Set the Diagnostics Mode to “1=Enabled” and observe the LED to
confirm that the unit properly enters the TRANSMIT and QUERY
states.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 74
6. Use the AT+CTKO? command with a provisioning module to review
logged messages while paying particular attention to the GSM Status
field.
Working with GPRS
If a GPRS session has been established by the mobile device and data is being
actively exchanged between the mobile device and server application, then it is
known conclusively that:
1. The GSM modem in the device is powered up;
2. GPRS service is available1; and
3. The device is using GPRS to communicate with the server application.
At any given time, there may be several reasons why there is no active GPRS
session established, including by way of example:
1. Outside GSM coverage;
2. Within GSM coverage but no GPRS service is available;
3. GPRS service is available while roaming, but the SIM card does not have
the appropriate authorization to connect;
4. The GSM modem is turned off;
5. Device is configured to used SMS only; or
6. Device has been configured with incorrect GPRS parameters.
The difficulty, of course, is differentiating between the reasons for the lack of an
active GPRS session when the device has already been deployed in the field.
Other than waiting for the mobile device to establish a new GPRS sessions, the
only other way to communicate with a mobile device for which there is no current
GPRS session is to send it a SMS message. Even so, the device will respond to
appropriately formatted SMS messages sent from the server application if and
only if the device is:
1. Within GSM coverage;
2. In a state that has the GSM modem powered up; AND
3. Configured to communicate via:
4. SMS-only, or
5. Either SMS or GPRS and there is no GPRS service available.
It is also important to note that all GPRS communications are, by definition, real
time, meaning that messages can be sent or received if and only if a active GPRS
1 Except when using UDP without the TrimTrac Session Protocol, in which case the device can leave a
GPRS service area but neither the device and server application will know that a GPRS session is no longer
active.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 75
session is in effect. Unlike SMS, GPRS has no SMSC-based store-and-forward
capabilities. Therefore, server applications utlitizing GPRS communications may
benefit from having a message queing capability such that messages can be
generated and readied for delivery whenever the next GPRS session is established
by the mobile device. This, of course, requires that GPRS-based server
application be on-line continuously (otherwise no GPRS session can be
established between the mobile device and server application). With SMS, the
network SMSC will holdover SMS messages sent in either direction for a certain
period of time until the receiving device or server is connected to the network.
Both the mobile device and server application need not be online at the same time
with SMS.
Enabling GPRS on a SIM already in Service
Some carriers support over-the-air activation of services. For instance, is a SIM
currently in use supports only SMS, some carriers are able to activate GPRS
service over-the-air; however, before this service change takes effect, the GSM
modem in the TrimTrac ProE may need to be power cycled. Such power cycling
happens each time the TrimTrac ProE cycles through the state machine assuming
that the GSM modem is not left powered up due to polling being enabled. To
force the GSM modem to power cycle, either remove the battery pack or Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module from the TrimTrac ProE base unit, or disable polling
until the device has cycled through the State machine at least once.
Base Modem Configuration
Consult your modem manual for configuration instructions. Each modem
manufacturer has its own settings and control commands. Verify that your
configuration, PIN numbers, and so on, are correct.
Defective TrimTrac ProE
To confirm that a TrimTrac ProE is defective, do the following:
1. Try a known-good TrimTrac ProE.
2. Move into an area with strong GSM coverage.
3. Send the TrimTrac ProE a data message requesting a response.
Note – Before returning the TrimTrac ProE, be sure to save the TrimTrac ProE’s
configuration settings, and remove your SIM unless otherwise requested by
Trimble.
No Modem Connection with Server Application
If it appears that you have no modem connection with the Server Application,
confirm that the Server Application modem is configured correctly and that the
TrimTrac ProE is configured and operating correctly. Do the following:
1. Check to see if the Destination Address or GPRS Set-up
parameters are programmed correctly.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 76
2. Verify the Server Application software is sending messages to the
correct SIM MSISDN and using the correct Unit ID, Security Password
and, if required by the SIM card, the SIM PIN, or if using GPRS, that the
correct parameters are being used.
TrimTrac ProE Not Reporting
If it appears that the TrimTrac ProE is not reporting to the server application as
expected, diagnose as follows:
1. Configuration. Always confirm whether the TrimTrac ProE is
configured as appropriate for the particular application environment.
More specifically, confirm that the provisioning parameters are
correct. Correct and re-test as necessary.
2. Lost Reports. In this case, the TrimTrac ProE has successfully
created a new message (Position, Status, or Alert) and it has been sent
to the GSM network. If such sent messages are not received by the
server application, then perhaps the messages are getting lost or
delayed in the GSM network.
Review the TrimTrac ProE message log and Report Sequence
Numbers compared to those received by the server application. If
there are missing on inconsistent Report Sequence Numbers at the
server application vis-à-vis the messages logged within the TrimTrac
ProE, then a problem associated with the GSM network is the likely
culprit;
3. Unsent Reports. If the TrimTrac ProE is correctly generating
position and status messages as expected (as determined by reviewing
the message log using the AT+CTKO? command with a provisioning
module), then the reports may not be getting sent due to: no available
GSM network, no SIM installed, or the Report Delay Flag is set to
something other than “0=Transmit (‘Tx’) All Messages”. (Note the
Report Delay Flag has no effect on the sending of Alert messages);
4. No Reports Generated. The TrimTrac ProE is expected to spend a
majority of its time in either the IDLE or DELAY states, during which
the unit will not send any messages until motion causes a transition,
the appropriate RTC-based timeouts have expired, or if an Alert
condition occurs.
Another possible cause would be the motion detector and associated
latches may not be recognizing motion; in which case, the unit may
dwell in IDLE until the IDLE Timeout, T1, expires even though there
may have been motion in the mean time. If missed motion is
suspected, the sensitivity of the motion detector can be manipulated by
adjusting Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7 and the associated Static
Motion Filter Counter, N3, settings and/or by adjusting the Dynamic
Motion Filter Timeout, T21, and Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg5f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 77
Generally speaking, increasing the ratio between Static Motion Filter
Timeout, T7 and the associated Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, will
increase the motion detector sensitivity in the IDLE state; provided,
however, that Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is not set to “0”. If
Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is set to “0”, then the Static Motion
Filter Counter, N3, setting is ignored and the motion detector is
undamped.
Additionally, the sensitivity of both motion detector filters can be
adjusted with the Motion Counter Threshold. This parameter
determines how many times during each second motion must be
detected before either the Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, or
Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, are increased by one count.
Unit Does Not Report Stopped Position
In its default configuration, the TrimTrac ProE will attempt one additional
position fix after the unit has come to rest. If, however, the unit is in a vehicle
that has come to rest in a covered parking structure or garage, there may be
insufficient GPS signal to compute a final position fix, in which case, the device
will log a Status Message, but a new Position Report may not be available. In
application server-based geo-fence applications, this may be problematic since the
server application may not know whether the device has entered the geo-fence
area.
If coming to rest in an obscured GPS signal environment is expected, then
consider setting the GPS Fix Rate to “1=GPS 1Hz”. In so doing, the GPS
receiver will continuously compute new position fixes until the GPS signal is lost.
Then, if the TrimTrac ProE comes to rest after losing the GPS signal due to
blockage, the TrimTrac ProE will report the very last computed position and set
the Position Age flag to “1=Aged”, as opposed to sending just a new
STATUS_MESSAGE. At least this way, the last reported position could be
where the vehicle entered the parking structure even though it may not have been
able to compute a fix in the parking structure itself.
Continued Reporting After Coming to Rest
In the event a TrimTrac ProE continues to report after coming to rest, it may be
because the motion detector is overly sensitive for the given application
environment. Fine-tuning of the motion detector settings is achieved by changing
the motion timeout and second-count settings.
These configuration parameters include the Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, and
associated Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, and the Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21 and its associated Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, setting can
be changed as well.
In general, increasing a motion filter counter (Static Motion Filter Counter, N3 or
Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4) as a percentage of its associated motion
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg60.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 78
filter window (Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, or Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21, respectively) will decrease the motion sensor sensitivity.
Additionally, increasing the Motion Counter Threshold will decrease the relative
sensitivity of both motion detection filters.
TrimTrac Will Not Stop Reporting Every 2-3 Minutes
Chances are a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module was inserted into a TrimTrac
ProE base when the MPA Mode was set “0=Automatic” and before the Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module was:
1. Connected to an external 9-32 VDC power supply; and/or
2. An end-of-line resistor was installed across the Yellow leads (See Figure
36. Vehicle Adapter Module Alert Wiring Diagram)
The TrimTrac Vehicle Adapter or Control Module has an internal rechargeable
standby battery that has a residual charge when shipped from the factory. This
residual charge is typically enough to support operation of the TrimTrac ProE
when the Vehicle Adapter or Control Module is first inserted into the TrimTrac
ProE.
Once the Medium Priority Alert is activated, the TrimTrac ProE will continuously
transmit nominally every 2-3 minutes until the Medium Priority alert status is
changed to “Acknowledged” from “Activated”. This can only happen once the
TrimTrac ProE has received the appropriately configured SET_ALERT message
from the server application.
WARNING:
Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module into a TrimTrac base
unit:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a 9-32 VDC power source and
install a 100k Ohm resistor across the yellow wires; OR
B) Set the TrimTrac MPA Status to “1=Disabled”.
FAILURE TO DO EITHER OF THESE WILL CAUSE THE TRIMTRAC
PROE TO IMMEDIATELY ACTIVATE A MEDIUM PRIORITY ALERT
AND BEGIN TRANSMITTING NOMINALLY EVERY 2-3 MINUTES
UNTIL AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS RECEIVED.
Verify Checksums when Analyzing Data
An easy way to analyze data received from The TrimTrac ProE is to log the actual
messages into a text file and verify that the messages are valid by checking the
checksums. Available from www.trimtrac.com is a simple checksum checker
executable that can be run against a text file containing messages sent from a
TrimTrac ProE. If the checksum contained in the message is “Bad” then the
program will indicate it as “BAD” and return what the correct checksum should
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg61.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 79
have been. Verifying checksums helps avoid wasted time spent evaluating invalid
messages.
Out of Sequence Messages
Regardless of which protocol (SMS, TCP/IP or UDP) is being used, messages
received by the server application may be received out of sequence. If Automatic
Message Log Dump is enabled, and the device left and re-entered GSM coverage,
then the device will transmit messages logged while outside of GSM coverage
after GSM has been re-established. In so doing, messages will be received by the
server application out of sequence. When using UDP or SMS, there is no
guarantee that messages will be received in the same order transmitted by the
TrimTrac ProE.
Updating Firmware in the Field
You can upload new firmware from a PC or laptop connected to the Provisioning
Module. For more information on updating firmware in the field, please consult
with your Trimble technical support representative.
LED Indicator
The LED indicator is useful for diagnosing problems. For more information, see
LED States, page 138. If you detect a problem, then have the TrimTrac ProE
inspected by qualified service personnel.
Responding to Query or Set Data Messages
The TrimTrac ProE processes and, except as noted below, responds immediately
to any data message that it receives while in the QUERY state. It does not need to
cycle back through the State Machine before a response is sent back to the server
application unless the response requires a new position fix.
The TrimTrac ProE, however, will not respond to data messages:
1. that are invalid (i.e. incorrect format, checksum, Unit ID, Security
Password and, if used, SIM PIN), or
2. that are SET_ALERT_STATE messages in which a priority alert status is
set “0=Clear” but the underlying condition that triggered the original alert
message has not been returned to its “normal” condition.
The configuration of the TrimTrac ProE can be changed using over-the-air SET
messages; however, if these messages are not formatted correctly (i.e. out of
range parameter values are used), then the TrimTrac ProE will send a response
but the response will contain the existing configuration parameter values.
Different network operators may also handle queued up SMS messages
differently. For instance, if the TrimTrac ProE happens not to be in the QUERY
state when the server application sends a SMS message, this SMS message will be
held at the network operator’s Short Message Service Center (SMSC) for future
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg62.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 80
delivery. In some cases, the longer the SMS is held at the SMSC, the lower in the
delivery priority the message may become. As a consequence, the SMSC may
not send the queued SMS message before the QUERY Timeout, T5, has expired,
especially if the TrimTrac ProE has not been registered on the GSM network for a
long time. Therefore, if it can be reasonably expected that an application will
have extended periods of time between QUERY states, then extending the
QUERY Timeout, T5, should be considered.
Reporting Frequency
As shown in Figure 21. Expected Reporting Frequencies on page 81, the
frequency at which the TrimTrac ProE will report a position, while the unit is in
motion, is largely determined by:
DELAY Timeout, T4, setting
GPS Signal Strength
The time it takes for a TrimTrac ProE to compute a new position fix is inversely
proportional to available GPS signal level. When the TrimTrac ProE has an
unobstructed view of the sky, GPS signal strength is approximately –130 dBm.
This would equate to approximately 40 seconds to compute a new position fix as
shown in Figure 22. Warm Start TTFFs on page 82. For the most part, this is
equivalent to the unit being placed on the dashboard or rear package shelf of a
vehicle; provided, however, the window has no metalized coatings that would
attenuate the GPS signal.
A unit placed in the glove box of a typical vehicle, on the other hand, may only
see –136 dBm of GPS signal. In this circumstance, the unit may take upwards of
400 seconds to compute a new position fix and this assumes that objects, such as
buildings and trees, outside of the vehicle, do not further obscure view of the sky.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg63.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 81
Figure 21. Expected Reporting Frequencies
TrimTrac
Placement vs. Reporting Frequency
0
5
10
15
20
25
-136 -135 -134 -133 -132 -131 -130
GPS Signal Strength (dBm)
Expected Reporting Frequency (Minutes)
DELAY State, T4 = 900 Seconds
DELAY State, T4 = 10 Seconds
DELAY State, T4 = 600 Seconds
DELAY State, T4 = 300 Seconds
DELAY State, T4 = 120 Seconds
Clear, Unobstructed
Sky View
Obscured Sky View
A
ssumptions:
1) Constant Motion
2) Good GSM Coverage
3) Factory Default Configuration,
except DELAY State Timeout, T4
Gloveb
ox
On Dashboard
On Seat
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg64.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 82
Figure 22. Warm Start TTFFs
Typical GPS Fix Times
(Warm Start, 50%)
10
100
1000
-136 -135 -134 -133 -132 -131 -130
GPS Signal Strength (dBm)
Time-To-First-Fix 50% (Seconds)
300
Default T2 Setting, 300 Seconds
Time-To-First-Fix
(Typical, 50%)
Clear, Unobstructed
Sky View
Obscured Sky View
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg65.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 83
TrimTrac Basic State Machine
Introduction
In most applications, motion-based reporting is the fundamental operating
premise of the TrimTrac ProE as shown in Figure 23. This generally means that
the unit computes and reports new GPS position fixes only if the unit is in motion
and once more after coming to rest.
To conserve power and minimize communication costs, the TrimTrac ProE
attempts to be in a sleep mode as much as possible. Sleep modes occur both
during the IDLE and DELAY states. In general, the TrimTrac ProE will spend a
majority of its time in the IDLE state during periods of no motion. How
frequently the unit computes a new position fix while in motion is determined
predominantly by the setting of the DELAY Timeout, T4.
Idle
T1
Fix
T2
Status
TX
T3
Query
T5
Delay
T4
Sleep
Completed
Comms
Timeout
Motion
Wake
Query
Timeout
Motion
Wake
Comms
Success
RTC
Wakeup
or
Motion
Report Flag
Motion
Wakeup
Fix Made
or Timeout
Status
Retrieved
Invalid
Motion
T7
Motion
Report Flag
Comms
Timeout
RTC
Wake
Query
Timeout
RTC
Wake
Figure 23. Summary TrimTrac Operational State Diagram
State Machine Overview
In most applications, motion-based reporting is the fundamental mode of operation.
The TrimTrac state machine transitions through each state shown in Figure 23 based
on motion, external inputs, timeouts, and as a result of completing defined actions
(i.e. communicating to the server), as follows assuming default configuration:
IDLE: The TrimTrac ProE spends the majority of its time in the IDLE state.
Detection of motion results in a transition to the FIX state if the Motion Report Flag
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg66.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 84
is set “0=Disabled”. If the Motion Report Flag is set “1=Enabled” then motion will
cause a transition to STATUS. Expiration of IDLE Timeout, T1, causes a transition to
the STATUS state. The programmable IDLE Timeout, T1, is stored as seconds and is
typically on the order of 12 to 48 hours. There are also optional Anytime Polling
settings that allow the device to run the communications protocol stack during the
IDLE state to receive and process incoming messages.
FIX: The device attempts to fix a position until expiration of FIX Timeout, T2.
If a fix is achieved, the position is read by the application, the internal real-time clock
(RTC) is updated, and the TrimTrac ProE transitions to the STATUS state. If no
position fix is achieved prior to expiration of the FIX Timeout, T2, the TrimTrac
ProE transitions to the STATUS state with status of “no new fix”. The FIX Timeout,
T2, parameter is programmable and is stored as seconds and is typically on the order
of 3 to 5 minutes. If the device does not have a complete almanac, then it will keep
the GPS receiver operating in the background to collect it; however, almanac
collection will not delay the transition to the STATUS state once a GPS position fix is
obtained.
STATUS: The TrimTrac ProE retrieves the latest status information, constructs the
new appropriate message(s) and then transitions to the TRANSMIT state. In addition
to any position and associated information, the status information includes various
operational metrics such as conditional alerts, battery condition, battery change events
and other such information.
TRANSMIT: The device attempts to transmit alert, position and/or status
information to the server. First, the latest status information is combined with the
position information in messages per the TrimTrac Application Protocol. Such
messages are then sent to the GSM protocol stack to attempt transmission. If the
Motion Report Flag is set “1=Enabled” and the message was a Motion Report
Message then the TrimTrac ProE transitions back to the FIX state. If the message
was not a Motion Report Message then it does not transition to the FIX state, instead
if the transmission was successful, the TrimTrac ProE transitions to the QUERY
state. If the transmission fails, the TrimTrac ProE transitions to the DELAY state
unless the TriggerType was an IDLE timeout, in which case, it will transition back to
the IDLE state. The programmable TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, is stored in seconds
and is typically on the order of 1 to 5 minutes.
QUERY: The device waits to receive any requests from the server for a
programmable QUERY Timeout, T5. If any requests are received, they are processed
in order received and responses are sent. After expiration of the QUERY Timeout,
T5, the device transitions to the DELAY state if the TriggerType was motion, or to
IDLE state if the TriggerType was an IDLE timeout. The programmable QUERY
Timeout, T5 is stored as seconds and is typically on the order of 1 to 2 minutes.
Normally, the TrimTrac ProE can only receive and process Data messages sent from
the server application while in the QUERY state; however, it can receive messages
during any state if the appropriate polling capabilities are enabled. The unit can be
polled for information, including new or logged position information even if the GPS
receiver is actively computing new positions.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg67.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 85
DELAY: The device disables the motion sensor wakeup and goes to sleep for a
programmable DELAY Timeout, T4. When the unit wakes up it transitions to the
IDLE state by enabling the motion sensor and going back to sleep. The programmable
DELAY Timeout, T4, is stored as seconds and is typically on the order of 10 to 20
minutes. If In-Motion Polling is set “1=OnDemand while in Motion” or Anytime
Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”, then the GSM modem will remain
operational during DELAY and the unit will be able to receive and process data
messages.
Motion Detection and Filtering
In most applications, motion-based reporting is the fundamental operating premise of
the TrimTrac ProE. The TrimTrac ProE includes a mechanical motion detector that is
very sensitive to shock, vibration, tilting and motion.
There are three layers of filtering on the motion detector output. First, the device
counts of the number of times motion is detected in each second. If the number of
counts exceeds the threshold determined by Motion Counter Threshold, then motion
is recognized as having occurred in that second. At its default setting, the Motion
Counter Threshold must sense at least 10 instances of motion per second before
motion in that second is recognized.
Next, the TrimTrac keeps track of how many seconds have exceeded the Motion
Counter Threshold within a configurable sampling period. The length of the sample
period is determined by Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7 and Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21 depending upon whether the device is stationary or is in motion,
respectively. Both the static and dynamic motion filters use a rolling time window
during which it counts the number of seconds that motion occurred (Static Motion
Filter Counter, N3, and Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, respectively).
For instance, if the device is stationary, it will wake up and leave the IDLE state when
the number of seconds during which new motion occurred, according to the Motion
Counter Threshold setting, exceeds the setting of Static Motion Filter Counter, N3,
during the trailing time period determined by Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7.
Conversely, if the number of seconds during which motion occurred, according to the
Motion Counter Threshold setting, exceeds the setting of Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4, during any period determined by Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21,
then the device continues cycling through the State Machine.
State Machine Design Details
As seen in Figure 23 on page 83 the state machine has six primary states that
represent the basic operation of the device. This section gives a detailed
description of each state, what events trigger transitions from each state, and the
processing that occurs within each state and during the transition between states.
There are two status variables used along with the state of the TrimTrac ProE:
TriggerType; and
ReportType
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg68.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 86
The TriggerType variable refers to what event caused the device to transition
from the IDLE state. There are eight TriggerTypes:
0=IDLE Timeout
1=Motion Detected
2=Exception Report Alert
3=Query
4=Scheduled Report
5=Runtime Meter Report
6=Start/Stop Report
7=Reserved
8=Attempted LPA-based Geofence Center while no GPS
The primary ReportType variable can be either:
STATUS_MSG or
REPORT_POS.
The principal difference between STATUS_MSG and REPORT_POS is that
REPORT_POS contains position and related information whereas
STATUS_MSG does not contain such information. Please see page 167 for
complete details.
Please note that the TrimTrac ProE transmits messages other than just
STATUS_MSG and REPORT_POS messages; however, these other messages are
typically responses to queries received from the server application.
A Position Age flag is set depending upon whether motion has been detected since
the most recent position fix. The Position Age flag is set as follows:
0=Current (i.e. no motion since last position)
1=Aged (i.e. motion has occurred since last position)
Alert Handling – Vehicle Adapter or Control Module
When a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module is used with the TrimTrac ProE, the
device is able to monitor and report on High, Medium and Low priority inputs as
shown in Figure 36. Vehicle Adapter Module Alert Wiring Diagram, on page 213.
Regardless of priority, each input will be in one of the following status states at
any given time:
0=Normal
1=Activated
2=Sent
3=Acknowledged
4=Monitor Activated
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg69.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 87
General Alert Handling
Unless the alert mode (as opposed to “alert status”) is configured as “3=Monitor-
only”, alerts are processed in descending order of priority. High Priority Alerts,
for instance, will always take precedence over Medium and Low Priority Alerts
and so on. Other than having their status included in any outgoing data messages,
lesser priority alert alarms are ignored until all higher priority alerts have been
either cleared to “0=Normal” or set “3=Acknowledged”. The status of alerts
configured in the “3=Monitor-only” mode will be included in all STATUS_MSG
and REPORT_POS messages, but activation of any such monitored alerts will not
in and by themselves result in new message transmissions.
When a VAM or Control Module equipped TrimTrac ProE detects activation of a
switch or device, loss of external power or tampering with the external wiring, it
will set the appropriate priority alert status to “1=Activated”, unless the mode of
the alert is set to “3=Monitor-only”, in which case, the alert status will be set
“4=Monitor Activated”. The one exception to this, as more fully described
below, is a Low Priority Alert for which the TrimTrac ProE needs to also detect
motion, in addition to activation of the switch, before the Low Priority Alert
status is set “1=Activated” or “4=Monitor Activated”.
Resetting of the local switch or device will not reset any activated alert unless the
TrimTrac ProE has also received a SET_ALERT_STATE message (See page
147) or if the particular alert mode has been set “3=Monitor-only”.
Furthermore, activated or acknowledged alerts can only be cleared back to
“0=Normal” after the fault or monitored device has been restored to normal AND
the TrimTrac ProE has received the appropriate SET_ALERT_STATE message
or if the particular alert mode has been set “3=Monitor-only”. This will help
guard against an unauthorized person disabling the TrimTrac ProE or the Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module inputs. Alerts whose modes are set to “3=Monitor-
only” will have their status set automatically back to 0=Normal without a
SET_ALERT_STATE message being received; provided, however, that the fault
or activated device has been returned to its “normal” condition.
Whenever an alert changes to “1=Activated” from “0=Normal” (and all higher
priority alerts, if any, are set to either “0=Normal” or “3=Acknowledged” and the
activated alert mode is not otherwise disabled or set “3=Monitor-only”), the
TrimTrac ProE will transition from its current state as follows:
1. If HPA Status becomes set “1=Activated”, then terminate the current state
and go to STATUS immediately; else
2. If MPA Status becomes set “1=Activated”, then, if not in TRANSMIT
state, terminate the current state and go to STATUS immediately. If in
TRANSMIT, then go to STATUS upon completion of current
TRANSMIT state (Note: This allows the device to complete sending any
current messages prior to processing the new MPA); else
3. If LPA Status becomes set “1=Activated”, then, if not in FIX or
TRANSMIT state, terminate the current state and go to STATUS
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 88
immediately. If in FIX or TRANSMIT, then go to STATUS upon
completion of current FIX or TRANSMIT state (Note: This allows the
device to complete a “fresh” fix or complete sending any current messages
prior to processing the new LPA).
Alerts can be changed to:
1. “2=Sent” from “1=Activated” during the TRANSMIT state if and only if
the GSM protocol software has confirmed that the message has been
successfully transmitted to the GSM network.
2. “3=Acknowledged” from “1=Activated” or “2=Sent” only upon the
receipt of an appropriate SET_ALERT_STATE message or, if the Alert
Mode is set “2=Network Acknowledgement”, upon confirmation from the
GSM protocol software that the message has been successfully transmitted
to the GSM network.
3. “0=Normal” from “1=Activated”, “2=Sent” or , “3=Acknowledged” only
upon the receipt of an appropriate SET_ALERT_STATE message;
provided, however, whatever condition that triggered the original alert has
been cleared. If the alert mode has been configured as “3=Monitor-only”,
then correcting whatever condition that triggered the original alert will
cause the alert status to be set back to “0=Normal”.
Using a Provisioning Module to silence an alert by setting the offending priority
alert mode to “1=Disable” will not clear the underlying alarm condition.
Therefore, if the alert modes are later set back to “0=Automatic”, either through
the use of a Provisioning Module or by sending the device an
SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG message, the device will resume transmitting the
associated alert messages. The underlying alert monitoring software can only be
reset or cleared by sending the device the appropriate SET_ALERT_STATE
message.
IDLE State
The IDLE State is the state that the device enters when it goes to sleep waiting for
a TriggerType event to occur. Upon the occurrence of any TriggerType event, the
unit will transition from IDLE in accordance with TriggerType and current
configuration settings. While in the IDLE state, assuming default configuration,
all hardware is turned off except for the Motion Sensor Wakeup Logic and the
RTC; provided, however, if the Anytime Polling is set to either “1=Duty-Cycled”
or “2=Anytime OnDemand”, then the GSM hardware and software will operate
some or all of the time and the unit is able to communicate during IDLE.
1. When the unit enters the IDLE State it checks if motion has been detected
since the device last exited the FIX State. If yes, the TriggerType is set
“1=Motion Detected” and the device immediately transitions to the FIX State
bypassing all of the other IDLE state checks detailed below.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 89
2. When the unit enters the IDLE State and no motion has been detected, it starts
the IDLE Timeout, T1, and waits for a TriggerType event to occur. (LED
OFF, unless Anytime Polling mode is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”.)
3. Upon the occurrence of a TriggerType event, the unit will wake up and
transition out of the IDLE state based upon the TriggerType event and the
current configuration settings as follows:
• Upon expiration of the IDLE Timeout, T1, the TriggerType is set
“0=IDLE Timeout, T1”, the TrimTrac ProE will transition to the
STATUS state (bypassing the FIX state).
• If motion is detected while in the IDLE state, the TrimTrac ProE will
activate the Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, and apply the Static
Motion Filter Counter, N3. (Rapid LED Blinking)
If there is sufficient continued motion, the TriggerType becomes set
“1=Motion Detected” and the unit will transition to the FIX State if the
Motion Report Flag is set “0=None” or to the STATUS state if the
Motion Report Flag is set “1=Report IDLE Motion”. If there is
insufficient motion to satisfy the Static Motion Filter Counter, N3,
while the Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is running, then the unit
will return to the IDLE state sleep mode and wait for a subsequent
TriggerType event to occur.
• If an alert status is in some state other than “0=Normal” or “4=Monitor
Activated” or upon an initial Geofence violation, then the TriggerType
shall be set “2=Exception Report Alert” and the device shall transition
from the IDLE State in accordance with its current configuration. See
the section below for more details on input alert processing.
• If the Anytime Polling is set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, the unit
keeps the GSM modem operational and the device is ready to receive
messages from the sever at any time while the IDLE Timeout, T1, is
running (Continuous Rapid LED Blinking). Upon receipt of any data
messages, the TriggerType is set “3=Query” and the unit transitions
immediately to the QUERY state to process any such received
messages.
• If the Anytime Polling is set to “1=Duty-Cycled”, the TrimTrac ProE
will power duty-cycle the GSM modem on and off during the IDLE
state. Each time the Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19, timer
expires, the GSM modem will power up and the Polling Duty-Cycle
On-Time, T20, will start (Rapid LED Blinking). The GSM modem
hardware will remain on until the expiration of Polling Duty-Cycle
On-Time, T20, or a query message is received. Upon receipt of any
query messages, the TriggerType is set “3=Query” and the unit
transitions immediately to the QUERY state to process any such
received messages; else it goes back into IDLE sleep until the next
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 90
TriggerType event occurs or the next time the Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19, timer expires.
• If the Scheduled Report Mode is set to either “1=Daily” or
“2=Weekly” the TriggerType will be set “4=Scheduled Report” upon
expiration of Scheduled Report Time, T18, timer regardless of the
Report Delay Flag setting.
• If either of the Runtime meters have a threshold set to some value
other than “0 hours” and the accumulated runtime hours reach the
associated threshold, then the TriggerType will be set “5=Runtime
Meter” and the device will transition to the STATUS State.
• If the Report Delay Flag is set “4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status &
Exception Reports” and there has been no motion since the most
recently completed FIX State, then the TriggerType will be set
“6=Stop Report” and the device will transition to the STATUS State.
Alert Processing in the IDLE State:
Whenever one or more Vehicle Adapter or Control Module alerts are in some
condition status other than “0=Normal” or “3=Acknowledged”, and not mode set
“1=Disabled” or “3=Monitor-only”, alert processing during IDLE state shall be in
the following order:
1. If HPA Status is set:
a. Or becomes set to“1=Activated”, then set TriggerType to
“2=Exception Report Alert” and go to STATUS state;
b. “2=Sent”:
i. To FIX state if Position Age flag is set “1=Aged”; or
ii. If Position Age flag is set “0=Current”, start HPA Idle
Timeout, T11. Upon expiration HPA Idle Timeout, T11, or
upon detection of subsequent motion, transition to STATUS or
FIX states, respectively.
2. If MPA Status is set:
a. Or becomes set to“1=Activated”, then set TriggerType to
“2=Exception Report Alert” and go to STATUS state;
b. “2=Sent”:
i. To FIX state if Position Age flag is set “1=Aged”; or
ii. If Position Age flag is set “0=Current”, start MPA Idle
Timeout, T12. Upon expiration MPA Idle Timeout, T12, or
upon detection of subsequent motion, transition to STATUS or
FIX states, respectively.
3. If LPA Status is set or becomes set to“1=Activated”, then set TriggerType to
“2=Exception Report Alert” and go to STATUS state.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 91
FIX State
The FIX State is the state where the GPS engine is running trying to get a fix.
While in this state the GPS hardware is always turned on and the GSM radio
hardware may or may not be turned off depending upon the current configuration
settings in effect. In TrimTrac ProE, the GPS receiver and GSM Modem can
operate simultaneously (unlike earlier generations of the TrimTrac locator).
1. When the unit enters the FIX State it enables the GPS hardware and starts
the FIX Timeout, T2 (Very rapid LED blink rate followed by a repeated
Long ON, Long OFF LED blink rate).
2. Upon completion of a successful position fix, the relevant position related
information is extracted and the internal the RTC is updated.
3. After the position fix is achieved, or upon expiration of the FIX Timeout,
T2, the GPS engine can either be turned off or allowed to continue
operating at 1 Hz, depending upon the current configuration. In all cases,
however, the unit transitions to the STATUS state even if the device does
not have a complete valid almanac. If the unit does not have a complete,
valid almanac after computing the position fix, or if Almanac Timeout,
T6, has expired, the TrimTrac ProE will leave the GPS engine operational
for up to fifteen (15) minutes more to collect almanac (LED Blink: Two
Medium Blinks followed by a Long Off). Upon collection of a complete,
valid almanac or expiration of the fifteen (15) minute almanac collection
timer, the unit will power off the GPS engine unless GPS Fix Rate is set
“1=GPS 1Hz” operation; in which case, the GPS receiver will remain
powered and operational.
Alert Processing in the FIX State:
Unless their mode is set “3=Monitor-only”, should either the HPA Status or MPA
Status become set “1=Activated” during the current FIX state, the TrimTrac ProE
will terminate the current fix attempt and go immediately to the STATUS state.
All other alert conditions shall have no effect on the FIX state.
STATUS State
The TrimTrac ProE enters the STATUS State based upon the occurrence of
TriggerType events or, if entering from the FIX state, upon the computation of a
new position fix or expiration of the FIX Timeout, T2.
1. When the unit enters the STATUS State it retrieves the battery, alert and
operational status information and stores it in the report structure to be
used during the TRANSMIT state.
2. If entering from the FIX state and the position fix attempt was successful,
the Position Age flag is set “0=Current”.
3. It then transitions to the TRANSMIT State.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 92
The TrimTrac ProE dwells in the STATUS state only long enough to update the
report structure. This process is virtually instantaneous and all alerts shall have
no effect on STATUS state.
TRANSMIT State
Upon entering the TRANSMIT state from the STATUS state, the TrimTrac ProE
will:
1. Power up the GSM hardware (if not already operational);
2. Start the TRANSMIT Timeout, T3 (LED Blink: Short ON, Long OFF);
3. Attempt to find a suitable 850, 900, 1800 or 1900 MHz GSM network,
establish SIM communication and register on the network; AND
4. If a suitable GSM network connection is made, transmit the latest queued
messages before expiration of the TRANSMIT Timeout, T3.
The TrimTrac ProE will transition from the TRANSMIT state whenever any of
the following occurs:
1. The GSM protocol stack confirms successful transmission of queued
TrimTrac ProE messages; OR
2. The TrimTrac ProE has made Position Report Transmit Attempts, N1, or
Status Message Transmit Attempts, N2, whichever the case may be,
before the GSM protocol stack has confirmed successful transmission of
queued TrimTrac ProE messages; OR
3. Expiration of TRANSMIT Timeout, T3.
Upon occurrence of any of the foregoing, the TrimTrac ProE will transition from
the TRANSMIT state to either the IDLE, FIX, QUERY or DELAY states as
follows:
1. To the IDLE state if:
a. The TriggerType had become set “0=IDLE Timeout, T1”;
“4=Scheduled Report”; “5=Runtime Meter”; or “6=Stop Report”
during the most recent IDLE state; AND
b. The TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, expires or the TrimTrac ProE has
made Status Message Transmit Attempts, N2, before the GSM
protocol stack has confirmed successful transmission of queued
TrimTrac ProE messages.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg6f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 93
2. To the FIX state if:
a. The TriggerType had become set “1=Motion Detected” during the
most recent IDLE state (Note: GPS Status Code will be set “7=No
Fix Attempted”); AND
b. Motion Report Flag is set “1=Report Motion in IDLE”; AND
c. The GSM protocol stack confirms that the attempt to send the
queued Motion Report succeeded; the TRANSMIT Timeout, T3,
has expired OR if Status Message Transmit Attempts, N2, have
been made.
3. To the QUERY state if the GSM protocol stack confirms that the attempt
to send queued TrimTrac ProE messages, other than a Motion Report,
succeeded.
4. To the DELAY state if the TriggerType is set “1=Motion Detected” and:
a. The TrimTrac ProE has already cycled through the FIX state due
to the Motion Report Flag being set “1=Report Motion in IDLE”;
OR
b. The TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, expires or the TrimTrac ProE has
made Position Report Transmit Attempts, N1, or Status Message
Transmit Attempts, N2, whichever the case may be, before the
GSM protocol stack has confirmed successful transmission of
queued TrimTrac ProE messages.
Alert Processing in TRANSMIT State
Should HPA Status become set “1=Activated” during the current TRANSMIT
state, the TrimTrac ProE will terminate the current transmission attempt and go
immediately to the STATUS state.
Unless alert modes are set “1=Disabled” or “3=Monitor-only”, alert processing
during TRANSMIT state shall be per the flowchart shown in Figure 24 through
Figure 27.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg70.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 94
Figure 24. HPA Processing in TRANSMIT
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg71.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 95
Figure 25. MPA Processing in TRANSMIT
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg72.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 96
Figure 26. LPA Processing in TRANSMIT
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg73.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 97
Figure 27. Other Message Processing in TRANSMIT
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg74.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 98
QUERY State
The QUERY State is where the TrimTrac ProE waits for incoming messages from
the server. During this state the GPS hardware may be powered off but the GSM
radio is powered on.
1. Upon entering the QUERY state, the TrimTrac ProE starts QUERY
Timeout, T5 (LED Blink: Long ON, Short OFF).
2. The application then waits until the QUERY Timeout, T5, expires or a
valid data message arrives, either via SMS or GPRS.
3. If a valid data message arrives it is processed and one or more messages
may be generated in response to the received query. If the QUERY
Timeout, T5, changes due to a received message the current QUERY state
is terminated.
4. For each of the responses the TrimTrac ProE waits for a confirmation
from the GSM protocol stack that it was sent.
5. If the QUERY Timeout, T5, expires while the application is sending
responses to the received query, then the TrimTrac ProE will continue to
send the responses and accept new queries. (Note: If a SET_ALERT
message clearing activated alerts to normal is received, but the monitored
devices or conditions have not yet been returned to their normal condition,
then new alert messages will be initiated and the TrimTrac will not
otherwise respond to the incoming SET_ALERT message)
6. When the QUERY Timeout, T5, has expired and there are no messages
waiting to be sent then the TrimTrac ProE transitions to the DELAY State
if the TriggerType was set “1=Motion Detected”. If the TriggerType was
set “0=IDLE Timeout, T1” then the TrimTrac ProE transitions to the
IDLE state.
7. If Query Hold Flag is set “1=Enabled”, the TrimTrac ProE will attempt to
re-establish any GSM network connection that may have been lost prior to
the expiration of QUERY Timeout, T5. It will continue attempting to re-
establish the lost GSM network connection until the QUERY Timeout, T5,
has expired.
Alert Processing in QUERY State
Whenever one or more Vehicle Adapter or Control Module alerts are in some
condition other than “0=Normal” or “3=Acknowledged”, and mode not set
“1=Disabled” or “3=Monitor-only”, alert processing during QUERY state shall be
in the following order:
1. If HPA Status is set:
a. “1=Activated”, then go to immediately to the IDLE state;
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg75.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 99
b. “2=Sent”, then ignore all data messages received prior to the
receipt of SET_ALERT_STATE message and:
i. If Position Age is set “1=Aged”, then go immediately to the
IDLE state; or
ii. If Position Age is set “0=Current”, then go to the IDLE state
upon expiration of HPA Query Timeout, T17.
2. If MPA Status is set:
a. “1=Activated”, then go to immediately to the IDLE state;
b. “2=Sent” then ignore all data messages received prior to the receipt
of SET_ALERT_STATE message and go immediately to the
IDLE state.
3. If LPA Status is set:
a. “1=Activated”, then go to immediately to the IDLE state;
b. “2=Sent” then ignore all data messages received prior to the receipt
of SET_ALERT_STATE message and go immediately to the
IDLE state.
4. During the QUERY state, any alert (High, Low, Medium) status can be
changed from “2=Sent” or “3=Acknowledged” to “0=Clear”,
“3=Acknowledged”, or “X=Do not care” upon receipt of the appropriately
configured SET_ALERT_STATE message.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg76.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 100
DELAY State
The DELAY State is where the TrimTrac ProE normally dwells after a state
machine cycle and ignores any detected motion. This effectively restricts the unit
to reporting no more often than the DELAY Timeout, T4; provided, however, all
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module alerts are in the “0=Normal” status condition
or have their modes set “1=Disabled” or “3=Monitor-only”.
1. Upon entering the DELAY State, the TrimTrac ProE starts DELAY
Timeout, T4. (LED Blink: OFF).
2. The unit will transition from DELAY state as follows:
a. To the IDLE state upon the earlier of:
i. Expiration of DELAY Timeout, T4; or
ii. Expiration of Scheduled Report Time, T18, if Scheduled
Report Mode is set “1=Enabled”.
b. To the QUERY state upon receipt of a data message if In-Motion
Polling is set “1=OnDemand while in Motion”.
3. To further conserve power during the DELAY state, the software filtering
of the motion sensor can be disabled by setting Reserved to “0=Disabled”.
While in this disabled condition, the Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout,
T21, and Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, parameters are ignored.
Alert Processing in DELAY State
Whenever one or more Vehicle Adapter or Control Module alerts are in some
condition other than “0=Normal”, and do not have their modes set “1=Disabled”
or “3=Monitor-only, alert processing during DELAY state shall be in the
following order:
5. If HPA Status is set:
a. “1=Activated”, then go to immediately to the IDLE state;
b. “2=Sent”:
i. If Position Age is set “1=Aged”, then go immediately to the
IDLE state; or
ii. If Position Age is set “0=Current”, then go to the IDLE state
upon expiration of HPA Delay Timeout, T13.
6. If MPA Status is set:
a. “1=Activated”, then go to immediately to the IDLE state;
b. “2=Sent”:
i. If Position Age is set “1=Aged”, then go immediately to the
IDLE state; or
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg77.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 101
ii. If Position Age is set “0=Current”, then go to the IDLE state
upon expiration of MPA Delay Timeout, T14.
c. “3=Acknowledged”, then go to the IDLE state upon expiration of
DELAY Timeout, T4.
7. Proceed immediately to the IDLE state whenever:
a. The LPA switch is in its “armed” closed position regardless of how
the LPA Status is set.
b. LPA Status is set “1=Activated” regardless of the LPA switch
position (“unarmed” open or “armed” closed).
8. All Delay Timeouts (T4, T13 and T14) are immediately terminated
whenever any alert status state (HPA Status, MPA Status or LPA Status) is
or becomes set to “1=Activated” and the unit immediately transitions to
the IDLE state.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg78.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 102
Alert Processing
Summary of Alert Sequence Processing.
Assuming that alert modes are NOT set “1=Disabled” or “3=Monitor-only, the following
is a summary of how alerts are processed:
1. Monitored device or condition changes to “alert” condition
2. TrimTrac begins transmitting alert messages
3. Alert message received by server application
4. Server application automatically sends an ACKNOWLEDGE message to
TrimTrac. This will stop the continuous re-transmission of alert messages.
5. Server application notifies service center operator or end-user that an alert
condition has occurred.
6. End-user corrects or resets the device or condition in the field that triggered
the alert in the first place.
7. Once field conditions have been returned to normal, end-user instructs the
server application or service center operator to CLEAR the alert
8. Server application sends a CLEAR message to TrimTrac ProE
9. TrimTrac ProE changes the cleared alerts back to “normal” and resumes its
normal operation.
NOTE: IF A CLEAR MESSAGE IS SENT TO THE TRIMTRAC PROE BEFORE
THE INPUT DEVICE OR CONDITION IS RESET TO ITS “NORMAL”
CONDITION, A NEW ALERT MESSAGE WILL BE INITIATED AND NO
RESPONSE TO THE CLEAR MESSAGE WILL BE SENT BY THE TRIMTRAC
PROE
Priority and Status-Levels
The TrimTrac ProE can be equipped with a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module capable
of monitoring vehicle power and externally wired switches and relay contacts. Each of
these devices must be assigned one of three different priority levels (High, Low,
Medium). Loss of external voltage and tampering (opens, shorts, grounds) with external
wiring are handled as Medium Priority Alerts.
Each alert, regardless of priority, can be in one of five status-levels at any given time:
0=Normal
1=Activated
2=Sent
3=Acknowledged
4=Monitor Activated
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg79.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 103
Operation of the TrimTrac ProE is altered depending upon the status of each monitored
device and status of the alert. By definition, an alert is considered “normal” when in the
condition as shown in Figure 36. Vehicle Adapter Module Alert Wiring Diagram on page
83 and all previous alerts have been cleared (more on clearing of alerts shortly).
An alert is said to have been “Initiated” when its status first changes from the
“0=Normal” to “1=Activated” condition. Initiating an alert is a random event that can
occur when the TrimTrac ProE is in any of its operational states (See Figure 23.
Summary TrimTrac Operational State Diagram). How the TrimTrac ProE modifies its
operational behavior is dependent upon the type of priority alert being initiated and in
what state the device happens to be in at the time of initiation.
When a High or Medium Priority switch or device changes from its normal condition for
200 mSeconds or more, or upon loss of external power in the case of the Medium Priority
alert, the associated alert is set to “1=Activated”. The exception to this a Low Priority
switch which must be held closed while motion is sensed before its status is changed to
“1=Activated”.
The status of an “Activated” alert will be set to “2=Sent” once the TrimTrac ProE has
successfully transmitted the associated message to the GSM network. Depending on the
priority of the alert, the TrimTrac ProE will operate in accordance with the associated
configuration unless otherwise instructed by the server application.
Because SMS text messaging or UDP provide no guarantee of delivery, just because the
TrimTrac ProE has successfully transmitted the alert message to the GSM network, there
is no guarantee that the server application has in turn received the transmitted alert
message. As such, the TrimTrac ProE will continue transmitting the alert messages until
it receives back from the server application an appropriately configured
SET_ALERT_STATE message (See 147), at which time, the alert status can be set
“3=Acknowledged”.
Finally, when the device that initiated the alert in the first place is returned to its
“normal” condition, then the alert can be “cleared” upon receipt of an appropriately
configured SET_ALERT_STATE message. If a “clear” command is sent before the
monitor switch or device is returned to its “normal” condition, then a new alert will be
initiated immediately and the clearing process will need to be repeated. If the alert mode
was set to “3=Monitor-only”, then the status of the monitored alert will be automatically
reset to “0=Normal” when the device is reset; however, no separate message to this effect
will be transmitted. The updated status of a monitor-only alert will simply be included in
the next report to be logged.
High Priority Alert Processing
An example of a High Priority Alert could be a manually operated switch or device that
requires immediate and continuous transmission of the resulting alert message until
acknowledged or cleared by the server application.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 104
Initiation of a High Priority Alert will cause the TrimTrac ProE to terminate immediately
whatever state it happens to be in at the time and to commence continuous transmission
of the alert message until a SET_ALERT_STATE message acknowledging or clearing
the activated High Priority Alert is received by the TrimTrac ProE.
Please see Table 25, High Priority Alert Processing on page 106. Also, Figure 24. HPA
Processing in TRANSMIT, on page 94 has a detailed flow chart on how High Priority
Alerts are processed in the TRANSMIT state.
Medium Priority Alert Processing
Activation of a Medium Priority Alert will allow the TrimTrac ProE to complete some of
its current operations before beginning to transmit a Medium Priority Alert message. For
instance, if the device happens to be in either the FIX or TRANSMIT states, it will
attempt to complete those tasks, within certain time limits, before transitioning back into
the TRANSMIT state to begin sending the Medium Priority Alert. Then, once sent, the
device will go collect new position information while waiting for an acknowledgement
from the server application. This is different than a High Priority Alert that would
continuously re-transmit the alert message without computing a new position fix.
An example of a Medium Priority Alert could be a relay interconnected with an on-board
security system. The relay would be activated, for instance, when the security system is
in a state of “alarm” (i.e. annuciators operating).
Please see Table 26, Medium Priority Alert Processing on page 107. Also, Figure 25.
MPA Processing in TRANSMIT, on page 95 has a detailed flow chart on how Medium
Priority Alerts are processed in the TRANSMIT state.
Low Priority Alert Processing
Provided the Low Priority Input is not configured as either a geofence or runtime meter
activation input, a Low Priority Alert is processed much the same as a Medium Priority
Alert with the exception that there must also be motion before a Low Priority Alert is
initiated. For instance, closing the Low Priority Alert switch shown in Figure 36. Vehicle
Adapter Module Alert Wiring Diagram will not in and by itself cause the Low Priority
Alert to be initiated. Opening the Low Priority Alert switch must also be accompanied
by motion before becoming “activated.” An application example would be interlocking a
relay with the on-board security system such that when the security system is “armed”,
the relay is also activated. Any subsequent motion until the security system is turned-off
by the owner would be “unauthorized”. The TrimTrac ProE would sense this motion and
commence transmitting an alert message until acknowledged or cleared by the server
application.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 105
Please see Table 27, Low Priority Alert Processing on page 108. Also, Figure 26. LPA
Processing in TRANSMIT, on page 96 has a detailed flow chart on how Low Priority
Alerts are processed in the TRANSMIT state.
Server Application-side Considerations
Upon the receipt of any alert message with a status of either “1=Activated” or “2=Sent”,
the server application should automatically send an immediate SET_ALERT_STATE
message acknowledging (not clearing) the alert. The TrimTrac will continue transmitting
the alert message until it receives this acknowledgement from the application server.
After acknowledging the alert message, the server application should set about notifying
the service center operator or end-user that the TrimTrac ProE has reported an alert
condition. If and only if it can then be subsequently confirmed that the condition that
initiated the alert has been returned to normal should the server application send a
SET_ALERT_STATE message clearing the alert status back to normal. If the clearing
SET_ALERT_STATE message is sent before the conditions have been physically reset
to normal, the TrimTrac ProE will initiate a new alert message immediately after the
clearing message is received.
Under no circumstances should the server application automatically send a clearing
SET_ALERT_STATE message immediately upon receipt of an alert message without
end-user or service center operator intervention. If a SET_ALERT_STATE that clears an
alert before the monitored device or condition has been returned to its normal condition,
the TrimTrac ProE will not respond to the SET_ALERT_STATE message and new
activated alert messages will be sent.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 106
Position Age
High Priority Alert
(HPA) Flag
“1=Aged”
“0=Current”
“0=Normal” Normal Operation
“1=Activated”
Upon initiation of a HPA, the HPA Status flag is set “1=Activated” and the device
terminates its current operation immediately and transitions to STATUS state.
While in the STATUS state, the devices generates a new STATUS_MESSAGE in
which the TriggerType is set “2=Exception Report Alert”. This
STATUS_MESSAGE is combined with most recent logged POSITION_REPORT,
collectively “HPA Report”. Then the device transitions to the TRANSMIT state and
sequences as follows:
a) If the GSM protocol stack confirms that the HPA Report was successfully
sent to the GSM network, then the HPA Status flag is changed from
“1=Activated” to “2=Sent” and the unit will transition to the QUERY state;
OR
b) The device will make HPA Transmit Attempts, N5, prior to the expiration
of the HPA Transmit Timeout, T15. A new transmit attempt will be
initiated each time the GSM protocol stack confirms the attempted
transmission failed or if connection to the GSM is lost. Upon termination
of the current TRANSMIT state, the device will transition to the DELAY
state; OR
c) If a connection to a GSM network has not been established prior to
expiration of HPA Transmit Timeout, T15, then the current TRANSMIT
state will be terminated and transition to the DELAY State.
“2=Sent”
Regardless of motion, cycle continuously
through FIX, STATUS, TRANSMIT(T15),
QUERY(T17) and DELAY(T13) states until:
a) The GSM protocol stack confirms a
HPA Report containing a new position
fix is successfully sent; OR
b) A sequence altering message command
is received during the QUERY state.
Operate in accordance with the
standard State machine;
provided, however, HPA Idle
Timeout, T11, and HPA Delay
Timeout, T13, shall apply unless
otherwise instructed by the
server application.
“3=Acknowledged”
Table 25, High Priority Alert Processing
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 107
Position Age
Medium Priority
Alert (MPA) Flag
“1=Aged”
“0=Current”
“0=Normal” Normal Operation
“1=Activated”
Upon initiation of a MPA, the MPA Status flag is set “1=Activated” and the
device terminates its current operation immediately, unless in the TRANSMIT state,
and transitions to STATUS state. If in the TRANSMIT state, then the current
TRANSMIT state is completed prior to transitioning to the STATUS state. While in
the STATUS state, the devices generates a new STATUS_MESSAGE in which the
TriggerType is set “2=Exception Report Alert”. This STATUS_MESSAGE is
combined with most recent logged POSITION_REPORT, collectively “MPA
Report”. Then the device transitions to the TRANSMIT state and sequences as
follows:
a) If the GSM protocol stack confirms that the MPA Report was successfully
sent to the GSM network, then the MPA Status flag is changed from
“1=Activated” to “2=Sent” and the unit will transition to the QUERY state;
OR
b) The device will make MPA Transmit Attempts, N6, prior to the expiration
of the MPA Transmit Timeout, T16. A new transmit attempt will be
initiated each time the GSM protocol stack confirms the attempted
transmission failed or if connection to the GSM is lost. Upon termination
of the current TRANSMIT state, the device will transition to the DELAY
state; OR
c) If a connection to a GSM network has not been established prior to
expiration of MPA Transmit Timeout, T16, then the current TRANSMIT
state will be terminated and transition to the DELAY State.
“2=Sent”
Regardless of motion, cycle continuously
through FIX, STATUS, TRANSMIT(T16),
QUERY(T5) and DELAY(T14) states until:
a) The GSM protocol stack confirms a
MPA Report containing a new position
fix is successfully sent; OR
b) A sequence altering message command
is received during the QUERY state.
Operate in accordance with the
standard State machine;
provided, however, MPA Idle
Timeout, T12, and MPA Delay
Timeout, T14, shall apply unless
otherwise instructed by the
server application.
“3=Acknowledged”
Table 26, Medium Priority Alert Processing
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 108
Position Age
Low Priority Alert
(LPA) Flag
“1=Aged”
“0=Current”
“0=Normal” Normal Operation
“1=Activated”
Upon motion and initiation of a LPA, the LPA Status flag is set “1=Activated”
and the device terminates its current operation immediately, unless in the FIX or
TRANSMIT states, and transitions to STATUS state. If in the FIX or TRANSMIT
state, then those states are completed prior to transitioning to the STATUS state.
While in the STATUS state, the devices generates a new STATUS_MESSAGE in
which the TriggerType is set “2=Exception Report Alert”. This
STATUS_MESSAGE is combined with most recent logged POSITION_REPORT,
collectively “LPA Report”. Then the device transitions to the TRANSMIT state and
sequences as follows:
a) If the GSM protocol stack confirms that the LPA Report was successfully
sent to the GSM network, then the LPA Status flag is changed from
“1=Activated” to “2=Sent” and the unit will transition to the QUERY state;
OR
b) The device will make LPA Transmit Attempts, N7, prior to the expiration
of the TRANSMIT Timeout, T3. A new transmit attempt will be initiated
each time the GSM protocol stack confirms the attempted transmission
failed or if connection to the GSM is lost. Upon termination of the current
TRANSMIT state, the device will transition to the DELAY state; OR
c) If a connection to a GSM network has not been established prior to
expiration of TRANSMIT Timeout, T3, then the current TRANSMIT state
will be terminated and transition to the DELAY State.
“2=Sent”
Regardless of motion, cycle continuously
through FIX, STATUS, TRANSMIT(T3),
QUERY(T5) and DELAY(T4) states until:
a) The GSM protocol stack confirms a
LPA Report containing a new position
fix is successfully sent; OR
b) A sequence altering message command
is received during the QUERY state.
Operate in accordance with the
standard State machine unless
otherwise instructed by the
server application.
“3=Acknowledged”
Table 27, Low Priority Alert Processing
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg7f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 109
TrimTrac ProE Configuration
Introduction
Configuration is the process of setting the operational and communication parameters of
the TrimTrac ProE. Most, but not all, of these parameters can be set or changed over the
air; however, certain non-default entries, such as the Unit ID, Security Password and SIM
PIN, can only be entered or changed when the TrimTrac ProE is connected to a PC via a
Provisioning Module.
Personnel without prior configuration or provisioning experience should familiarize
themselves with the TrimTrac ProE operation and application characteristics as more
fully described in the TrimTrac Basic State Machine chapter beginning on page 83.
Provisioning Mode and Equipment
Before a new TrimTrac ProE can communicate for the first time, it must be properly
configured. This entails substituting the Battery Pack or other optional modules with a
Provisioning Module and then connecting it to the USB 2.0 port on a Microsoft Windows
(2000, XP)-based PC. Use of USB 1.0 ports or hubs is not recommended. Some laptop
computers may not have enough power available on the USB port to power Provisioning
Module, especially when the laptop is operating on batteries. If a laptop is used to
provision the TrimTrac ProE, it is best to have the laptop connected to AC power.
Alternately, if you must use a battery-powered laptop to configure the TrimTrac ProE, it
is best to first insert the Provisioning Module into the TrimTrac ProE base, connect the
Provisioning Module to the USB port and THEN power up the laptop.
Microsoft’s HyperTerminal is then used as the primary programming interface to send
the proper AT Commands. The AT Commands are described in this section and must be
used the first time the TrimTrac ProE is provisioned. Text fields need to be enclosed in
quotation marks “_”.
Provisioning Set-up
Before a TrimTrac ProEvisioning Module can be connected and used with an USB 2.0-
equipped Microsoft Windows (2000, XP)-based PC, the appropriate USB 2.0 drivers and
HyperTerminal program must be installed on the PC.
FTDI Driver Loading
The Provisioning Module uses an USB 2.0 interface chip from Future Technology
Devices International Ltd. (FTDI). The easiest way for HyperTerminal to
communicate with the Provisioning Module is to download and install the
appropriate FTDI driver on the PC on which HyperTerminal will run.
These Windows (2000, XP, ME) drivers are available from FTDI for download
and use at:
www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/VCP.htm
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg80.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 110
Select, download and install the appropriate VCP Driver for either Win'98 / ME /
2000 / XP (with enhanced BM series support) driver following the instructions
provided on the Web site and with the driver.
HyperTerminal
HyperTerminal is a standard program included in all current versions of Microsoft
Windows (2000, XP) and can be typically found in the Communications directory
under Accessories. If HyperTerminal is not already installed on the Windows
(2000, XP) PC that will be used to configure the TrimTrac ProE, you will need to
install it from your original Windows (2000, XP) CDs.
Connecting the Devices
Once the FTDI USB 2.0 device driver and HyperTerminal program are installed
on the PC, connect the TrimTrac ProE and Provisioning Module to the PC USB
2.0 port as follows:
1. Remove the TrimTrac Battery Pack or Vehicle Adapter or Control Module
from the base TrimTrac ProE.
Figure 28. TrimTrac ProE with Modules Removed.
2. If an active SIM card is available, insert it into the base unit SIM
cardholder. Note: The TrimTrac ProE can still be configured and
provisioned even if a SIM is not available. It can be inserted at a later
time if so desired.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg81.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 111
Figure 29. Open SIM Card Holder.
Figure 30. Properly Latched SIM Card Holder.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg82.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 112
3. Insert Provisioning Module into base TrimTrac ProE making sure that all
four corners are securely snapped into place.
Figure 31. Properly Inserted Provisioning Module.
Figure 32. Provisioning Module Improperly Inserted. Upper Tab not Latched Properly.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg83.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 113
4. Connect the USB 2.0 Type-A Male end of the data cable to the
Provisioning Module.
5. Connect the other USB 2.0 Type-A Male end of the cable to the PC USB
2.0 port. (Note: if the PC sound is enabled, there may be an audible sound
when the cable and Provisioning Module are connected to the PC. This
indicates that the USB port on the PC may not have sufficient power.)
Figure 33. TrimTrac ProE Connected to PC via Provisioning Module and USB A-to-A
Cable.
Beginning a Provisioning Session
To commence a provisioning session, you must start HyperTerminal in the
following steps:
1. Start HyperTerminal from the Windows (2000, XP), Start, All Programs,
Accessories, Communications menu.
2. A “New Connection” panel will appear and enter “TrimTrac” for the New
Connection Name and click “OK” button (Note: if you have already
defined “TrimTrac” connection is a previous session, then select
“TrimTrac” and skip to Step 6).
3. A “Connect Using” panel will appear and from the pull down menu select
the Com port you designated as the USB 2.0 port when you installed the
FTDI driver (commonly, COM4).
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg84.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 114
4. On the next panel and under “Port Settings”, select the following from the
pull down menus:
Bits Per Second: 115200
Data Bit 8
Parity None
Stop Bits 1
Flow Control None
Click “OK” when done.
5. If you wish to view what you type on the HyperTerminal Screen, click on
File, Properties, Settings, ASCII Settings and checkmark the “Echo Typed
Characters Locally” box. Click “OK” to close each panel.
6. To check whether you have successfully connected the TrimTrac ProE and
Provisioning Module to HyperTerminal, type:
AT+CTKC?
7. Assuming the factory default configuration has not been previously
changed, the following response should appear:
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,900,60,168,20,0,0,1,0
OK
8. You are now ready to begin provisioning the TrimTrac ProE(s) by typing
the AT commands described in the following sections.
WARNING:
Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module into a TrimTrac base
unit:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a 9-32 VDC power source and
install a 100k Ohm resistor across the yellow wires; OR
B) Set the TrimTrac MPA Mode to “1=Disabled”.
FAILURE TO DO EITHER OF THESE WILL CAUSE THE TRIMTRAC
PROE TO IMMEDIATELY ACTIVATE A MEDIUM PRIORITY ALERT
AND BEGIN TRANSMITTING NOMINALLY EVERY 2-3 MINUTES
UNTIL AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS RECEIVED.
9. When complete, reinstall the Battery Pack with four “AA” batteries or, if
used, the Vehicle Adapter or Control Module.
Configuring Multiple Units
If multiple TrimTrac ProEs need to be configured, then you can send the units
text files with the desired settings rather then typing individual AT commands.
To configure HyperTerminal to send text files to the TrimTrac ProE, select Echo
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg85.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 115
and set the line delay to 500 milliseconds from the HyperTerminal ASCII Setup
panel under File, Properties, Settings.
To send a text file, select and open the desired text file from Transfer, Send Text
File panel.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg86.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 116
Provisioning AT Commands
AT Command Summary
The following AT commands are used to provision and configure the TrimTrac
ProE via HyperTerminal when connected to the Provisioning Module.
Command Description See Page
AT+CTKC Assigns Application parameters
AT+CTKC? Queries Application parameters
117
AT+CTKE Restores Factory Defaults and/or Erases Message Log 119
AT+CTKF Assigns GPRS Connection parameters
AT+CTKF? Queries GPRS Connection parameters
119
AT+CTKJ Assigns GPRS Setup parameters
AT+CTKJ? Queries GPRS Setup parameters
121
AT+CTKG Assigns GPS parameters
AT+CTKG? Queries GPS parameters
122
AT+CTKK Assigns Geofence parameters
AT+CTKK? Queries Geofence parameters
123
AT+CTKP Assigns SMS Communication parameters
AT+CTKP? Queries SMS Communication parameters
125
AT+CTKX Assigns Extended Application parameters
AT+CTKX? Queries Extended Application parameters
127
AT+CTKY Assign Vehicle Adapter and Control Module
parameters
AT+CTKY? Queries Vehicle Adapter and Control Module
parameters
131
AT+CTKZ Assigns Extended 2 Application parameters
AT+CTKZ? Queries Extended 2 Application parameters
134
AT+CTKO? Retrieves Logged Messages 125
ATI Queries Firmware Version 136
Table 28, Summary of AT Commands
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg87.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 117
AT+CTKC Application Configuration
The AT+CTKC command is used to configure the Basic Read/Write parameters
of the TrimTrac ProE. It can query the current settings or change them to new
values.
AT+CTKC=<IDLE Timeout, T1>,<FIX Timeout, T2>,<TRANSMIT Timeout,
T3>,<DELAY Timeout, T4>,<QUERY Timeout, T5>,<Almanac Timeout,
T6>,<Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7>,<Motion Report Flag>,<Report Delay
Flag>,<Diagnostics Mode>,<Communication Mode>
OK
<IDLE Timeout, T1> In seconds (10 – 999990). Default 43200
<FIX Timeout, T2> In seconds (10 – 3600). Default 300
<TRANSMIT Timeout,
T3>
In seconds (10 – 3600) Less than 300 not
recommended. Default 300
<DELAY Timeout, T4> In seconds (10 – 86400). Default 900
<QUERY Timeout, T5> In seconds (10 – 3600). Default 60
<Almanac Timeout, T6> In hours (10 – 990). Default 168
<Static Motion Filter
Timeout, T7>
In seconds (0 – 90). Note: T7 is used exclusively while
in the IDLE state; however, it is superseded by the
Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, whenever
Anytime Polling is:
A. Set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Set “1-Duty-Cycled” and Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20, is running.
Always set Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, greater
than or equal to Static Motion Filter Counter, N3.
Default 20
<Motion Report Flag> 0=None
1=Start Motion Report
2=Stop Motion Report
3= Start & Stop Motion Reports. Default 0
<Report Delay Flag> 0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions & Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs, Exceptions &
Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions & Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered message, Exceptions &
Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered message, Exceptions &
Respones
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses (No IDLE
Status). Default 0
<Diagnostics Mode> 0= None; 1= LED. Default 1
<Communication Mode> 0= SMS; 1= GPRS; 2=AutoSelect. Default 0
Table 29, AT+CTKC Assignment
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg88.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 118
Default: AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,900,60,168,20,0,0,1,0
AT+CTKC?
+CTKC: <IDLE Timeout, T1>,<FIX Timeout, T2>,<TRANSMIT Timeout,
T3>,<DELAY Timeout, T4>,<QUERY Timeout, T5>,<Almanac Timeout, T6>,<Static
Motion Filter Timeout, T7>,<Motion Report Flag>,<Report Delay Flag>,<Diagnostics
Mode>,<Communication Mode>
OK
<IDLE Timeout, T1> In seconds (10 – 999990). Default 43200
<FIX Timeout, T2> In seconds (10 – 3600). Default 300
<TRANSMIT Timeout,
T3>
In seconds (10 – 3600) Less than 300 not recommended.
Default 300
<DELAY Timeout, T4> In seconds (10 – 86400). Default 900
<QUERY Timeout, T5> In seconds (10 – 3600). Default 60
<Almanac Timeout, T6> In hours (10 – 990). Default 168
<Static Motion Filter
Timeout, T7>
In seconds (0 – 90). Note: T7 is used exclusively while in
the IDLE state; however, it is superseded by the Dynamic
Motion Filter Timeout, T21, whenever Anytime Polling
is:
A. Set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Set “1-Duty-Cycled” and Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20, is running.
Always set Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, greater than
or equal to Static Motion Filter Counter, N3. Default 20
<Motion Report Flag> 0=None
1=Start Motion Report
2=Stop Motion Report
3= Start & Stop Motion Reports. Default 0
<Report Delay Flag> 0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions & Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs, Exceptions &
Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions & Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered message, Exceptions &
Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered message, Exceptions &
Respones
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses (No IDLE Status).
Default 0
<Diagnostics Mode> 0= None; 1= LED. Default 1
<Communication
Mode>
0= SMS; 1= GPRS; 2=AutoSelect. Default 0
Table 30, AT+CTKC? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg89.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 119
AT+CTKE Factory Default & Log Erase Command
The AT+CTKE command restores configuration parameters back to factory
default values and erase the message log from the TrimTrac ProE device. After a
slight pause, the RDY response will appear. Wait for RDY to appear before
executing additional commands.
AT+CTKE=<Erase/Restore Mode>
OK
RDY
<Erase/Restore Mode> 1= Restore Defaults; 2=Erase Message Log;
3=Erase Log & Restore Defaults
Table 31, AT+CTKE Factory Default & Log Erase Command
AT+CTKF GPRS Connection Provisioning
The AT+CTKF command configures the GPRS connection provisioning
parameters. The GPRS Destination Address text field must be enclosed with
quotations
AT+CTKF=<GPRS Transport Protocol>,<GPRS Session Protocol>,<TrimTrac
Session Keep-alive Timeout, T25>,<GPRS Session Timeout, T26>,<GPRS
Destination Address>
OK
<GPRS Transport Protocol> 0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol mandatory);
1=TCP. Default: 1
<GPRS Session Protocol> 0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol (See
Separate ICD Document, v1.0). Default: 0
<TrimTrac Session Keep-
alive Timeout, T25>
In Seconds (0=Never; 1 –43200). Default: 300
<GPRS Session Timeout,
T26>
GPRS Session Timeout, T26. Default: 0
<GPRS Destination
Address>
GPRS destination address in the following format:
111.222.333.444:12345. This represents an IP Address
and Port Number pair, maximum number string up to 21
characters. Must use quotation marks “_”. Default:
0.0.0.0:0
Table 32, AT+CTKF Assignment
Default AT+CTKF=1,0,300, 0,”0.0.0.0:0”
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 120
AT+CTKF?
CTKF:<GPRS Transport Protocol>,<GPRS Session Protocol>,<TrimTrac Session
Keep-alive Timeout, T25>,<GPRS Session Timeout, T26>,<GPRS Destination
Address>
OK
<GPRS Transport Protocol> 0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol mandatory);
1=TCP. Default: 1
<GPRS Session Protocol> 0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol (See
Separate ICD Document, v1.0). Default: 0
<TrimTrac Session Keep-alive
Timeout, T25>
In Seconds (0=Never; 1 –43200). Default: 300
<GPRS Session Timeout,
T26>
In Seconds (0=Never; 1–43200). Default: 0
<GPRS Destination Address> GPRS destination address in the following format:
111.222.333.444:12345. This represents an IP
Address and Port Number pair, maximum number
string up to 21 characters. Must use quotation marks
“_”. Default: 0.0.0.0:0
Table 33, AT+CTKF? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 121
AT+CTKJ GPRS Setup Provisioning
The AT+CTKJ command configures the GPRS setup provisioning parameters.
All fields must be enclosed with quotations . All GPRS setup provisioning
parameters are provided by the GPRS service provider.
AT+CTKJ=<GPRS APN>,<GPRS Username>,<GPRS Password>
OK
<GPRS APN> Access Point Name (APN) Web address up to 40
case sensitive alphanumeric characters as assigned
by GPRS network operator. Example:
“apn.trimble.com”. Must use quotation marks “_”.
Default: <Empty>
<GPRS Username> Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric characters.
Must use quotation marks “_”. Default: <Empty>
<GPRS Password> Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric characters.
Must use quotation marks “_”. Default: <Empty>
Table 34, AT+CTKJ Assignment
Default: AT+CTKJ=””,””,””
AT+CTKJ?
CTKJ: <GPRS APN>,<GPRS Username>,<GPRS Password>
OK
GPRS APN Access Point Name (APN) Web address up to 40
case sensitive alphanumeric characters as
assigned by GPRS network operator. Example:
“apn.trimble.com”. Default: <Empty>
GPRS Username Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric characters.
Default: <Empty>
GPRS Password Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric characters.
Default: <Empty>
Table 35, AT+CTKJ? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 122
AT+CTKG GPS Configure
The AT+CTKG command configures the GPS parameters. This command
mirrors the functionality of the over-the-air GPS_CONFIG message. It can query
the current settings or change them to new values. Unless you are very familiar
with the types of parameters listed below and how changes will effect overall
GPS performance in any given application environment, it is recommended that
you leave these parameters at their factory default settings.
AT+CTKG=<GPS Elevation Mask>,<GPS PDOP Mask>,<GPS PDOP
Switch>,<GPS Signal Mask>,<GPS Dynamics Mode>
OK
<GPS Elevation
Mask>
In degrees (0-30). Default 5
<GPS PDOP Mask> In tenths of PDOP (60 – 200). Default 120
<GPS PDOP Switch> In tenths of PDOP (40 – 120). Default 60
<GPS Signal Mask> In tenths of AMUs (10 – 80). Default 14
<GPS Dynamics
Mode>
(Do Not Change); Default 5
Table 36, AT+CTKG Assignment
Default: AT+CTKG=5,120,60,14,5
AT+CTKG?
+CTKG: <GPS Elevation Mask>,<GPS PDOP Mask>,<GPS PDOP Switch>,<GPS
Signal Mask>,<GPS Dynamics Mode>
OK
<GPS Elevation
Mask>
In degrees (0-30). Default 5
<GPS PDOP Mask> In tenths of PDOP (60 – 200). Default 120
<GPS PDOP Switch> In tenths of PDOP (40 – 120). Default 60
<GPS Signal Mask> In tenths of AMUs (10 – 80). Default 14
<GPS Dynamics
Mode>
(Do Not Change). Default 5
Table 37, AT+CTKG? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 123
AT+CTKK Geofence Configuration
The AT+CTKK command configures the Geofence parameters. All Geofences
must be the same type as defined in AT+CTKZ or SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG.
AT+CTKK=<Geofence ID>,<Geofence Enforcement>,<Reserved>,<Geofence
Delta X>,<Geofence Delta Y>,<Geofence Center Latitude>,<Geofence Center
Longitude>
OK
<Geofence ID> Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2. Default: 1
<Geofence Enforcement > 0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input Enforced;
3=LPA Centered and Enforced.. Default: 0
<Geofence Schedule> 0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2= During
Scheduled Hours. (See Scheduled Hours Mode).
Default: 0
<Geofence Delta X> 100s of meters (1 – 10000) Note: East-West length
of rectangular Geofence area or, if circular, the
diameter. 1=100 Meters. Default: 1
<Geofence Delta Y> 100s of meters (0, 1 – 10000) Note: If set to “0”,
then circular Geofence area; else rectangular
Geofence area. 1=100 Meters Default: 1
<Geofence Center Latitude> WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7
decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = North and ‘-‘ =
South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000). Must be in quotation
marks. Default: “ +0.0000000”
<Geofence Center
Longitude>
WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7
decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = East and ‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000). Must be in
quotation marks. Default: “+0.0000000”
Table 38, AT+CTKK Assignment
Default: AT+CTKK=1,0,0,1,1,”+0.0000000”,”+0.0000000”
Default: AT+CTKK=2,0,0,1,1,”+0.0000000”,”+0.0000000”
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 124
AT+CTKK?
CTKK: <Geofence ID>,<Geofence Enforcement>,<Reserved>,<Geofence Delta
X>,<Geofence Delta Y>,<Geofence Center Latitude>,<Geofence Center
Longitude>
OK
<Geofence ID> Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2. Default: 1
<Geofence Enforcement > 0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input Enforced;
3=LPA Centered and Enforced.. Default: 0
<Geofence Schedule> 0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2= During
Scheduled Hours. (See Scheduled Hours Mode).
Default: 0
<Geofence Delta X> 100s of meters (1 – 10000) Note: East-West
length of rectangular Geofence area or, if circular,
the diameter. 1=100 Meters. Default: 1
<Geofence Delta Y> 100s of meters (0, 1 – 10000) Note: If set to “0”,
then circular Geofence area; else rectangular
Geofence area. 1=100 Meters Default: 1
<Geofence Center Latitude> WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7
decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = North and ‘-‘ =
South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000). Default:
+0.0000000
<Geofence Center Longitude> WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7
decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = East and ‘-‘ =
West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000). Default:
+0.0000000
Table 39, AT+CTKK? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg8f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 125
AT+CTKO? Retrieve Message Log Command
The AT+CTKO? command will retrieve all messages stored in the log while in
the service mode, in the order of protocol sequence number.
AT+CTKO?
+CTKO:
{message}
OK
Table 40, AT+CTK0? Query
Note: When using AT+CTKO? in HyperTerminal, use the “Capture Text”
command under the “Transfer” menu to save the messages to a text file.
Otherwise, some messages may be partially truncated as they are retrieved from
the TrimTrac ProE. Saving the AT+CTKO? response as a text file and sending
it, along with configuration information, to Trimble is particularly helpful when
requesting technical support.
AT+CTKP Provisioning
Prior to the TrimTrac ProE being used for the first time, the application must be
provisioned using this command. The AT+CTKP command configures the SMS
Communication and Security parameters. This command is the only method to
change the Unit ID, SIM PIN and Security Password. It can query the current
settings or change them to new values. See AT+CTKF and AT+CTKJ for GPRS
related settings.
AT+CTKP=<Unit ID>,<SMS Destination Address>,<SIM PIN>,<Security
Password>
OK
<Unit ID> Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY.
Must use quotation marks “_”. Default “00000000”
<SMS Destination
Address>
Maximum 24 characters including optional international
dialing “+” sign and country code for SMS messages. Must be
in quotation marks. Default <Empty>
<SIM PIN> If used, must be between 4 and 8 digits. Must use quotation
marks “_”
Default <Empty>
<Security Password> Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY. .
Must use quotation marks “_”
Default “00000000”
Table 41, AT+CTKP Assignment
Default: AT+CTKP=“00000000”,””,””, “00000000”
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg90.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 126
AT+CTKP?
+CTKP: <Unit ID>,<Destination Address >,<SIM PIN>,<Security Password>
OK
<Unit ID> Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
<SMS Destination
Address>
24 characters including optional international dialing “+” sign
and country code for SMS messages.
<SIM PIN> If used, must be between 4 and 8 digits.
<Security Password> “********”
Table 42, AT+CTKP? Query
Note that when the SIM PIN field and the Security Password fields are queried
using either AT commands or TrimTrac Application Protocol messages, they are
shown masked out with the ‘*’ character to prevent theft of the information.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg91.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 127
AT+CTKX Extended Application Configuration
The AT+CTKX command is used to configure the enhanced Basic Read/Write
parameters of the TrimTrac ProE. It can query the current settings or change
them to new values.
AT+CTKX=<Scheduled Report Mode>,<Scheduled Report Time, T18>,<In-
Motion Polling>,<Anytime Polling>,<Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency,
T19>,<Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20>,<Query Hold
Flag>,<Reserved>,<Position Report Transmit Attempts, N1>,<Status Message
Transmit Attempts, N2>,<Static Motion Filter Counter, N3>,<Dynamic Motion
Filter Timeout, T21>,<Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4>,<Motion Sensor
Override>
OK
<Scheduled Report
Mode>
0=None; 1=Daily; 2=Weekly. Default 0
<Scheduled Report Time,
T18>
In Seconds (0-604799). Note: This is either the seconds
into the day or into the week for the device to schedule
transmission of a STATUS_MESSAGE plus the most
recently logged POSITION_REP, if any, when this feature
is enabled. If Scheduled Report Mode is set “0=None”,
then enter 0. Default 0
<In-Motion Polling> 0=Disabled; 1=OnDemand while in Motion. Note: If set to
“1=OnDemand while in Motion”, the unit is able to receive
and process data messages ONLY while in motion
regardless of current state. Default 0
<Anytime Polling> 0=Disabled; 1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE State;
2=Anytime OnDemand. See “Polling” section on page
39. Note: If set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, the unit is
able to receive and process data messages regardless of
motion, current state or how In-Motion Polling is set.
If set “1=Duty-Cycled”, unit is able to receive and
process data messages while in QUERY or whenever
while Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running..
Default 0
<Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19>
In Seconds (10-999990). Note: Determines how frequently
the Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, timer is started if and
only if the Anytime Polling is set to “1=Duty-Cycled
while in IDLE State” and device is NOT in motion.
Default 3600
<Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20>
In Seconds (0, 10-999990). Note: Determines how long
after expiration of Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19,
timer that the unit is able to receive and process data
messages. A value of zero causes the QUERY Timeout,
T5, value to be used. Default 60
<Query Hold Flag> 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Note: Unit attempts to reconnect to
the GSM network if the connection is lost during the
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg92.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 128
QUERY state prior to the expiration of QUERY Timeout,
T5. Default 0
<Reserved> 0=Formerly “Extended Motion Detection” in TrimTrac 1.0
Not used in TrimTrac ProE. Default 0
<Position Report Transmit
Attempts, N1>
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts.
Default 1
<Status Message Transmit
Attempts, N2>
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set to
1 if Communication Mode set “1=GPRS-only”. Default
1
<Static Motion Filter
Counter, N3>
In Seconds (1-90). Note: This parameter is used only
while Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is running in
the IDLE State. It is superseded by the Dynamic Motion
Filter Counter, N4 whenever:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to
Anytime Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
Always set Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, equal to or
less than Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7. Default 10
<Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21>
In Seconds (1-90). Note: T21 applies in TRANSMIT,
QUERY and DELAY States. Also applies in IDLE if:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”;
OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to
Anytime Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21,
must always be set equal to or greater than Dynamic
Motion Filter Counter, N4; else the unit may not exit
QUERY state. Default 20
<Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4>
In Seconds (1-90). Note: This parameter is enabled only
when Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, is active.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, must
always be set equal to or less than the setting for Dynamic
Motion Filter Timeout, T21; else the unit may not exit
QUERY state.. Default 10
<Motion Sensor
Override>
0=Normal; 1=Motion Always; 2=Motion Never. Note:
Overrides the motion sensor if set to a value other than
“0=Normal”..
Default 0
Table 43, AT+CTKX Assignment
Default: AT+CTKX=0,0,0,0,3600,60,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg93.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 129
AT+CTKX?
+CTKX: <Scheduled Report Mode>,<Scheduled Report Time, T18>,<In-Motion
Polling>,<Anytime Polling>,<Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19>,<Polling
Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20>,<Query Hold Flag>,<Reserved>,<Position Report
Transmit Attempts, N1>,<Status Message Transmit Attempts, N2>,<Static Motion
Filter Counter, N3>,<Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21>,<Dynamic Motion
Filter Counter, N4>,<Motion Sensor Override>
OK
<Scheduled Report
Mode>
0=None; 1=Daily; 2=Weekly. Default 0
<Scheduled Report Time,
T18>
In Seconds (0-604799). Note: This is either the seconds
into the day or into the week for the device to schedule
transmission of a STATUS_MESSAGE plus the most
recently logged POSITION_REP, if any, when this feature
is enabled. If Scheduled Report Mode is set “0=None”,
then enter 0. Default 0
<In-Motion Polling> 0=Disabled; 1=OnDemand while in Motion. Note: If set to
“1=OnDemand while in Motion”, the unit is able to receive
and process data messages ONLY while in motion
regardless of current state. Default 0
<Anytime Polling> 0=Disabled; 1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE State;
2=Anytime OnDemand. See “Polling” section on page
39. Note: If set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, the unit is
able to receive and process data messages regardless of
motion, current state or how In-Motion Polling is set.
If set “1=Duty-Cycled”, unit is able to receive and
process data messages while in QUERY or whenever
while Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running..
Default 0
<Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19>
In Seconds (10-999990). Note: Determines how frequently
the Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, timer is started if and
only if the Anytime Polling is set to “1=Duty-Cycled
while in IDLE State” and device is NOT in motion.
Default 3600
<Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20>
In Seconds (0, 10-999990). Note: Determines how long
after expiration of Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19,
timer that the unit is able to receive and process data
messages. A value of zero causes the QUERY Timeout,
T5, value to be used. Default 60
<Query Hold Flag> 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Note: Unit attempts to reconnect to
the GSM network if the connection is lost during the
QUERY state prior to the expiration of QUERY Timeout,
T5. Default 0
<Reserved> 0=Formerly “Extended Motion Detection” in TrimTrac 1.0
Not used in TrimTrac ProE. Default 0
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg94.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 130
<Position Report Transmit
Attempts, N1>
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts.
Default 1
<Status Message Transmit
Attempts, N2>
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set to
1 if Communication Mode set “1=GPRS-only”. Default
1
<Static Motion Filter
Counter, N3>
In Seconds (1-90). Note: This parameter is used only
while Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is running in
the IDLE State. It is superseded by the Dynamic Motion
Filter Counter, N4 whenever:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to
Anytime Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
Always set Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, equal to or
less than Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7. Default 10
<Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21>
In Seconds (1-90). Note: T21 applies in TRANSMIT,
QUERY and DELAY States. Also applies in IDLE if:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”;
OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to
Anytime Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21,
must always be set equal to or greater than Dynamic
Motion Filter Counter, N4; else the unit may not exit
QUERY state. Default 20
<Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4>
In Seconds (1-90). Note: This parameter is enabled only
when Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, is active.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, must
always be set equal to or less than the setting for Dynamic
Motion Filter Timeout, T21; else the unit may not exit
QUERY state.. Default 10.
<Motion Sensor
Override>
0=Normal; 1=Motion Always; 2=Motion Never. Note:
Overrides the motion sensor if set to a value other than
“0=Normal”..
Default 0
Table 44, AT+CTKX? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg95.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 131
AT+CTKY Module-only Application Configuration
The AT+CTKY command configures the application parameters specific to the
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module.
AT+CTKY=<HPA Idle Timeout, T11>,<MPA Idle Timeout, T12>,<HPA Delay
Timeout, T13>,<MPA Delay Timeout, T14>,<HPA Transmit Timeout,
T15>,<MPA Transmit Timeout, T16>,<HPA Query Timeout, T17>,<HPA
Transmit Attempts, N5>,<MPA Transmit Attempts, N6>,<LPA Transmit
Attempts, N7>,<HPA Mode>,<MPA Mode>,<LPA Mode>
OK
<HPA Idle Timeout, T11> In Seconds (10-999990). Default 10
<MPA Idle Timeout, T12> In Seconds (10-999990). Default 10
<HPA Delay Timeout, T13> In Seconds (10-86400). Default 10
<MPA Delay Timeout,
T14>
In Seconds (10-86400). Default 10
<HPA Transmit Timeout,
T15>
0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990). Default 0
<MPA Transmit Timeout,
T16>
0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990) If not set 0-
Infinity, should be set no lower than 300 Seconds.
Default 300
<HPA Query Timeout,
T17>
In Seconds (10-3600). Default 60
<HPA Transmit Attempts,
N5>
0=Until T15 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T15 expires. Default 0
<MPA Transmit Attempts,
N6>
0=Until T16 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T16 expires. Default 0
<LPA Transmit Attempts,
N7>
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T3 expires. Default 0
<HPA Mode> 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only. Default 0
<MPA Mode> 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only.
WARNING: Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter or
Control Module:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a 9-
32 VDC power source and install a 100k Ohm
resistor across the yellow wires; OR
B) Return MPA Mode to its default setting
“1=Disabled”.
Default 1.
<LPA Mode> 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only (regardless of
motion). Default 0
Table 45, AT+CTKY Assignment
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg96.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 132
Default: AT+CTKY=10,10,10,10,0,300,60,0,0,0,0,1,0
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg97.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 133
AT+CTKY?
CTKY: <HPA Idle Timeout, T11>,<MPA Idle Timeout, T12>,<HPA Delay
Timeout, T13>,<MPA Delay Timeout, T14>,<HPA Transmit Timeout,
T15>,<MPA Transmit Timeout, T16>,<HPA Query Timeout, T17>,<HPA
Transmit Attempts, N5>,<MPA Transmit Attempts, N6>,<LPA Transmit
Attempts, N7>,<HPA Mode>,<MPA Mode>,<LPA Mode>
OK
<HPA Idle Timeout, T11> In Seconds (10-999990). Default 10
<MPA Idle Timeout, T12> In Seconds (10-999990). Default 10
<HPA Delay Timeout, T13> In Seconds (10-86400). Default 10
<MPA Delay Timeout, T14> In Seconds (10-86400). Default 10
<HPA Transmit Timeout, T15> 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990). Default 0
<MPA Transmit Timeout, T16> 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990) If not set 0-
Infinity, should be set no lower than 300 Seconds.
Default 300
<HPA Query Timeout, T17> In Seconds (10-3600). Default 60
<HPA Transmit Attempts, N5> 0=Until T15 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T15 expires. Default 0
<MPA Transmit Attempts, N6> 0=Until T16 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T16 expires. Default 0
<LPA Transmit Attempts, N7> 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T3 expires. Default 0
<HPA Mode> 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only. Default 0
<MPA Mode> 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only.
WARNING: Before inserting a Vehicle
Adapter or Control Module:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a
9-32 VDC power source and install a 100k
Ohm resistor across the yellow wires; OR
B) Return MPA Mode to its default setting
“1=Disabled”.. Default 1.
<LPA Mode> 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only (regardless
of motion). Default 0
Table 46, AT+CTKY? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg98.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 134
AT+CTKZ Daily Hours, Runtime & Other Extended Settings
The AT+CTKZ command configures the Scheduled Hours Mode, Runtime Meter
and other operation parameters as defined below.
AT+CTKZ=<Motion Counter Threshold>,<Scheduled Hours Mode>,<Scheduled Hours
Daily Start Time, T27>,<Scheduled Hours Work Day Length, T28>,<Scheduled Hours
First Weekly Work Day>,<Scheduled Hours Work Days per Week>,<Runtime Motion-
based>,<Runtime LPA-based>,<Runtime Motion-based Countdown, T29>,<Runtime
LPA-based Countdown, T30>,<Automatic Message Log Dump>,<GPS Fix Rate>,<LPA
Input Arming Delay, T31>,<Geofence Type>,<Speed Enforcement>,<Speeding Report
Mode>,<Speeding Countdown Timer>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>,
<Reserved>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>
OK
<Motion Counter Threshold> Counter (1-2000). Default: 10
<Scheduled Hours Mode> 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<Scheduled Hours Daily Start
Time, T27>
In Seconds (0 – 86399) after 12:00AM UTC..
Default: 0
<Scheduled Hours Work Day
Length, T28>
In Seconds (0 – 86400). Default: 43200
<Scheduled Hours First Weekly
Work Day >
0=Sunday; 1=Monday; 2=Tuesday; 3=Wednesday;
4=Thursday; 5=Friday; 6=Saturday (All relative to
UTC). Default: 1
<Scheduled Hours Work Days
per Week>
1= One Day; 2=Two Days; 3=Three Days; 4=Four
Days; 5=Five Days; 6=Six Days; 7=Seven Days.
Default: 5
<Runtime Motion-based > 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<Runtime LPA-based> 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<Runtime Motion-based
Countdown, T29>
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990). Default: 0
<Runtime LPA-based
Countdown, T30>
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990). Default: 0
<Automatic Message Log
Dump>
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<GPS Fix Rate> 0=GPS operation during FIX State only; 1=1Hz GPS
operation except while stationary. Default: 0
<LPA Input Arming Delay, T31 In Seconds (0-990). Default: 0
<Geofence Type> 0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive; 2=Exclusive.
Default 1
<Speed Enforcement> 0=No Enforcement; 1-990 = Limit in MPH. Default:
0.
<Speeding Report Mode > 0=Report All Violations; 1=Report Initial
Violations Only. Default: 0
<Speeding Countdown
Timer>
In Seconds (0-99990). Default: 0
<Reserved> x 7 Reserved. Must be 0
Table 47, AT+CTKZ Assignment
Default: AT+CTKZ=10,0,0,43200,1,5,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg99.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 135
AT+CTKZ?
+CTKZ: <Motion Counter Threshold>,<Scheduled Hours Mode>,<Scheduled Hours
Daily Start Time, T27>,<Scheduled Hours Work Day Length, T28>,<Scheduled Hours
First Weekly Work Day>,<Scheduled Hours Work Days per Week>,<Runtime Motion-
based>,<Runtime LPA-based>,<Runtime Motion-based Countdown, T29>,<Runtime
LPA-based Countdown, T30>,<Automatic Message Log Dump>,<GPS Fix Rate>,<LPA
Input Arming Delay, T31>,<Geofence Type>,<Speed Enforcement>,<Speeding Report
Mode>,<Speeding Countdown Timer>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>,
<Reserved>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>,<Reserved>
OK
<Motion Counter Threshold> Counter (1-2000). Default: 10
<Scheduled Hours Mode> 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<Scheduled Hours Daily Start
Time, T27>
In Seconds (0 – 86399) after 12:00AM UTC..
Default: 0
<Scheduled Hours Work Day
Length, T28>
In Seconds (0 – 86400). Default: 43200
<Scheduled Hours First Weekly
Work Day >
0=Sunday; 1=Monday; 2=Tuesday; 3=Wednesday;
4=Thursday; 5=Friday; 6=Saturday (All relative to
UTC). Default: 1
<Scheduled Hours Work Days
per Week>
1= One Day; 2=Two Days; 3=Three Days; 4=Four
Days; 5=Five Days; 6=Six Days; 7=Seven Days.
Default: 5
<Runtime Motion-based > 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<Runtime LPA-based> 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<Runtime Motion-based
Countdown, T29>
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990). Default: 0
<Runtime LPA-based
Countdown, T30>
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990). Default: 0
<Automatic Message Log
Dump>
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default: 0
<GPS Fix Rate> 0=GPS operation during FIX State only; 1=1Hz GPS
operation except while stationary. Default: 0
<LPA Input Arming Delay, T31 In Seconds (0-990). Default: 0
<Geofence Type> 0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive; 2=Exclusive.
Default 1
<Speed Enforcement> 0=No Enforcement; 1-990 = Limit in MPH. Default:
0.
<Speeding Report Mode > 0=Report All Violations; 1=Report Initial
Violations Only. Default: 0
<Speeding Countdown
Timer>
In Seconds (0-99990). Default: 0
<Reserved> x 7 Reserved. Must be 0
Table 48, AT+CTKZ? Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9a.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 136
ATI Retrieve Firmware Version Command
The ATI command will retrieve the firmware version. Note that no “?” mark is
used in this query
ati
Trimble Navigation Ltd
TrimTrac (tm)
Revision: {message}
OK
Table 49, ATI Query
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9b.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 137
TrimTrac ProE Defaults
Introduction
Factory default settings of the TrimTrac ProE are listed in Table 90 through Table
94, beginning on page 188. All such default settings can be easily changed to suit
the particular application requirements. The challenge for most is figuring out the
true applications requirements.
While most of the settings can be configured or changed by sending the
appropriate commands over the GSM network, non-default entries for certain
fields such as the Unit Identification number (Unit ID), Security Password and
SIM PIN can only be entered or changed using the Provisioning Module. Please
refer to the TrimTrac Basic State Machine chapter beginning on page 83 for
detailed descriptions of each TrimTrac state.
The TrimTrac ProE comes from the factory with no time set and with no GPS
almanac or location stored in memory. The time and location is set once the
device has achieved its first position fix. A GPS Almanac can be loaded in either
of two ways:
1. Use the Windows PC-based TrimTrac GPS Almanac Tool to retrieve a
current almanac from an operational TrimTrac ProE and send that almanac
to other TrimTrac ProE units; or
2. The TrimTrac ProE will download a complete current almanac from the
GPS satellites after it has computed its first fix. Collection of the almanac
will occur in the background and will not delay or otherwise interfere with
other operations, such as transmitting or receiving over-the-air messages.
If an almanac is to be collected from the GPS satellites, it is important that when
the TrimTrac ProE is first activated that it be given a clear view of the sky with
sufficient time to calculate its first position fix and to collect a full almanac.
Security Considerations
Communication Security
To maintain the security of the TrimTrac ProE it will only accept an incoming
TrimTrac Application message if the Unit ID and Security Password in the
message match those contained in the TrimTrac ProE. The message must also
include a correct Checksum value. This will ensure that only the authorized
server application is able to change the device configuration. If any of these
fields in the TrimTrac ProE do not match the incoming message, then those
messages are ignored with no response forthcoming from the TrimTrac ProE.
The SIM PIN is a feature of GSM SIMs that allows the owner of the SIM to put a
lock on the SIM. In order to use the account associated with the SIM, the user of
the GSM device must provide the SIM PIN after SIM insertion or device power
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9c.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 138
up. The SIM PIN setting is stored in the firmware and is used if the SIM requests
it. If so requested, the SIM PIN is used to attempt to unlock the SIM. If the
unlock fails, the SIM PIN is marked as having caused a failure and not retried
until the user physically connects the TrimTrac ProE to a Provisioning Module
and uses the AT+CKTP command to change the SIM PIN. This is to prevent the
SIM from becoming unusable after 10 SIM PIN failures. The SIM PIN cannot be
read back once set. It can only be overwritten.
Configuration Security
The configurable parameters are divided into two groups, the provisioning group
and the read/write group.
The provisioning group includes parameters that can only be read, but not
changed. They are set at time of manufacturing or, in some cases, at time of
provisioning. The values such as the IMEI Number and Firmware Version are
written at time of manufacturing. The SMS Destination Address is written at time
of provisioning or can be changed over the air using the SET_PROV_CONFIG
message.
The read/write group depicted in Table 99, Read-only Parameters on page 200
includes operational parameters that are changed as a part of the normal operation
of the TrimTrac ProE. Sending a TrimTrac Application message to the TrimTrac
ProE via the GSM network can change all these values. Using these messages the
server application can change the functionality of the TrimTrac ProE. The
communication security methods will protect these values from being changed by
an unauthorized user.
Diagnostics
When the Diagnostics Mode is enabled and set to 1 (LED) the LED on the
TrimTrac ProE will blink at different rates depending on the TrimTrac ProE’s
operational state. If the TrimTrac ProE is powered off the LED is off. Once the
battery charge drops to 10% or below, the LED turns red remains on in all states
except the DELAY State when the LED is turned off. Please see Table 50 for a
full description of LED blink rates.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9d.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 139
TrimTrac State Blink Rate
(Green except as noted)
In Plain Words…
IDLE while
sensing motion
or if Anytime
Polling is active
250ms ON / 250 ms OFF Rapid blinking
Starting FIX
State
100ms ON / 300ms OFF. Very short, rapid blinking
FIX 2 Sec ON / 2 Sec OFF Long Blink, Long Off
TRANSMIT 200ms ON / 1800ms OFF Short Blink, Long Off
QUERY 1800ms ON / 200ms OFF Long Blink, very short off time
DELAY Always OFF if powered off,
otherwise 250ms ON /
10,000ms OFF
If the LED blinks once every 10
seconds, then the device has the GPS,
GSM or both powered up.
DELAY to IDLE One 2 Second ON One blink as unit transitions from
DELAY to IDLE state
IDLE while
waiting for
motion (IDLE
“sleep”)
OFF unless Anytime Polling
is active, then 250ms ON /
250 ms OFF
Unless the Anytime Polling is active,
the LED will be off during IDLE
State while there is no motion;
otherwise, LED will blink rapidly.
Collecting
Almanac
400ms ON / 200ms OFF /
400ms ON / 2200ms OFF
Two Medium Blinks followed by a
Long Off
All except
DELAY State
Always ON, RED Low Battery (either AA alkaline
batteries or Vehicle Adapter or
Control Module standby battery).
Table 50, Diagnostic LED Blink Rates
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9e.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 140
TrimTrac Application Protocol
Introduction
The TrimTrac Application Protocol is used to communicate with and control
TrimTrac ProEs that have already been provisioned and deployed to the field.
The TrimTrac ProE communicates with the server application by sending and
receiving data messages based on an ASCII-like protocol (in lieu of the AT
commands used during initial provisioning). This TrimTrac Application Protocol
uses the same message structure as the Trimble ASCII Interface Protocol (TAIP)
even though no TAIP messages defined for Trimble products other than the
TrimTrac ProE are used. It is used to communicate with and control TrimTrac
ProEs that have already been provisioned and deployed to the field.
For security reasons, the Unit ID, Security Password, and SIM PIN cannot be
changed over-the-air using TrimTrac Application Protocol messages.
To minimize the number of data messages sent to the TrimTrac ProE, more than
one TrimTrac Application Protocol message may be combined into a single SMS
text message, up to the maximum number of 160 characters per SMS. The
QUERY_POSITION message, however, cannot be combined with other
commands in a single SMS message. In some cases, the TrimTrac ProE may
similarly include more than one response in a single SMS. See
QUERY_POSITION on page 164 and Aggregate Log Reporting Flag in
QUERY_LOG on page 163 for more details.
Message Format
Basic Message
All TrimTrac Application Protocol messages use printable ASCII characters.
Upper case and lower case alpha characters are generally interchangeable, i.e.,
lower case characters are converted to upper case alpha in the TrimTrac ProE
before parsing.
Each message has the following general format with the contents of the data
string being message dependant. Valid messages are limited to 128 characters.
>ABB{C}[;PW=PPPPPPPP];ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
Element Meaning
> Start of new message
< End of message
A Message Qualifier (Q, R, or S)
BB 2-character Message Identifier (Must be TK)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bg9f.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 141
Element Meaning
C Data string.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric
characters, UPPER CASE ONLY. Default
00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters,
UPPER CASE ONLY. Default 00000000
ZZ 2-character checksum.
{x} Signifies that x can occur zero or more times
[x] Signifies that x may optionally occur once
Table 51, Basic Message Format
Message Framing
Each TrimTrac Application Protocol message is framed by the start, end ASCII
characters ‘>’, ‘<’, respectively. These characters are not allowed other than as
start-of-message and end-of-message indicators. Multiple TrimTrac Application
Protocol messages may be combined into a single SMS text message up to the
maximum number of 160 characters per SMS.
Message Qualifiers
A one-character Message Qualifier is used to describe the action to be taken on
the message. The following table lists the valid qualifiers:
Qualifier Action
Q Query for data or parameters (sent to TrimTrac ProE)
S Set or configure parameters (sent to TrimTrac ProE)
R Response to a query or a scheduled or autonomous
report (from the TrimTrac ProE)
Table 52, Message Qualifiers
Data String
The Message Qualifier and the Message Identifier dictate the format and length of
the data string. The Data String can consist of any printable ASCII characters with
the exception of the > and < characters. Most messages are length sensitive and
many use the ‘;’ character as field separator. Data fields are fixed length
regardless of the values entered.
Security Password
A Security Password (denoted as “PW” in messages) must be used in all
communications with the TrimTrac ProE. The default Security Password is set to
“00000000”; however, the TrimTrac ProE may be assigned any UPPERCASE
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga0.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 142
alphanumeric password of up to eight characters while the TrimTrac ProE is
connected to a Provisioning Module.
The TrimTrac ProE checks all incoming messages for a Security Password and all
incoming message must include a Security Password. If the Security Password
included in a message sent to TrimTrac ProE does not match the Security
Password configured in the TrimTrac ProE, then the message is ignored.
Unit ID
The Unit ID must be used in all communications with the TrimTrac ProE. The
TrimTrac ProE may be assigned an UPPERCASE alphanumeric Unit ID of eight
characters only while the TrimTrac ProE is connected to a Provisioning Module
(available separately). The default Unit ID is set to 00000000.
The TrimTrac ProE checks all incoming messages for a Unit ID and all incoming
message must include a Unit ID. If the Unit ID included in a message sent to
TrimTrac ProE does not match the Unit ID configured in the TrimTrac ProE, then
the message is ignored.
Checksum
The checksum field is always required and provides for a two-digit hexadecimal
checksum value, which is computed by XOR’ing all characters from the
beginning of the message up to and including the * character. See Table 53,
Sample XOR Checksum Source Code. The checksum is always the last element
of the message before the end-of-message delimiter.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga1.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 143
/*******************************************************************************
* Function: AppProtocolCalcTAIPChecksum
* Parameters: pszTAIPMsg, checksum
* Returns: Pointer to Checksum Header ;* if found, NULL otherwise.
* Description: This function checks for the presense of the TAIP checksum
* header. If it exists it calculates the checksum and
* places it in the checksum parameter and returns a pointer
* to the checksum header.
* Otherwise it returns NULL without changing checksum.
******************************************************************************/
char* AppProtocolCalcTAIPChecksum(char *pszTAIPMsg, unsigned char *checksum)
{
char *pcEnd;
char *pc;
unsigned char cs;
if((pcEnd = strstr(pszTAIPMsg, ";*")) != NULL) {
pc = pszTAIPMsg; // Start of the checsumed chars.
pcEnd += 2; // Move to the first non-checksumed char.
cs = 0;
while(pc < pcEnd) {
cs ^= *pc;
pc++;
}
*checksum = cs;
return pcEnd-2;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
Table 53, Sample XOR Checksum Source Code
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga2.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 144
TrimTrac Application Protocol Message Summary (Sorted by Name)
Header Message Name Description See Page
>QTK{x} QUERY_CONFIG Requests current configuration settings where x=A,F,G,J,K,V,X,Y or Z 161
>QTKR QUERY_LOG Requests logged messages (REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG) 161
>QTKM QUERY_METERS Requests/Clears current state of Runtime Meters 164
>QTKD QUERY_POSITION Requests current or logged position information 164
>QTKU QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUTS Requests current status of Control Module outputs 166
>RTKP REPORT_POS Basic position message 167
>RTKL RESP_ALERT_STATE Reports acknowledgment or, if conditions all normal, clearing of alerts 169
>RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG Reports current Basic Application parameters 170
>RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG Reports current Extended Application parameters 171
>RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Reports Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 173
>RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Reports Geofence parameters 175
>RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Reports GPRS Configuration 176
>RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Reports GPRS Setup 177
>RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG Reports GPS parameters 175
>RTKM RESP_METERS Reports Runtime meter readings 178
>RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG Reports current SMS Communication parameters 178
>RTK{1-4} RESP_QUERY_AGGR Reports summary of two logged messages 179
>RTKR RESP_QUERY_LOG Reports requested logged messages 179
>RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Reports current Module application parameters 180
>RTKU RESP_MODULE_OUTPUT Reports current Module Output condition 181
>STKL SET_ALERT_STATE Acknowledges or clears Module alerts 147
>STKA SET_APP_CONFIG Changes Basic Application parameters 148
>STKX SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG Changes Extended Application parameters 149
>STKZ SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Changes Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 152
>STKK SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Changes Geofence parameters 154
>STKF SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Changes GPRS Configuration 155
>STKJ SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Changes GPRS Setup 156
>STKG SET_GPS_CONFIG Changes GPS parameters 156
>STKV SET_PROV_CONFIG Changes SMS Communication parameters 157
>STKY SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Changes module application parameters 158
>STKU SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT Controls Control Module Outputs 149
>RTKS STATUS_MSG Same as REPORT_POS except no location/altitude/velocity data 167
Table 54, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Name)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga3.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 145
TrimTrac Application Protocol Message Summary (Sorted by Header)
Header Message Name Description See Page
>QTK{x} QUERY_CONFIG Requests current configuration settings where x=A,F,G,J,K,V,X,Y or Z 161
>QTKD QUERY_POSITION Requests current or logged position information 164
>QTKM QUERY_METERS Requests/Clears current state of Runtime Meters 164
>QTKR QUERY_LOG Requests logged messages (REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG) 161
>QTKU QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUTS Requests current status of Control Module outputs 166
>RTK{1-4} RESP_QUERY_AGGR Reports summary of two logged messages 179
>RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG Reports current Basic Application parameters 170
>RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Reports GPRS Configuration 176
>RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG Reports GPS parameters 175
>RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Reports GPRS Setup 177
>RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Reports Geofence parameters 175
>RTKL RESP_ALERT_STATE Reports acknowledgment or, if conditions all normal, clearing of alerts 169
>RTKM RESP_METERS Reports Runtime meter readings 178
>RTKP REPORT_POS Basic position message 167
>RTKR RESP_QUERY_LOG Reports requested logged messages 179
>RTKS STATUS_MSG Same as REPORT_POS except no location/altitude/velocity data 167
>RTKU RESP_MODULE_OUTPUT Reports current module Output condition 181
>RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG Reports current SMS Communication parameters 178
>RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG Reports current Extended Application parameters 171
>RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Reports current module application parameters 180
>RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Reports Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 173
>STKA SET_APP_CONFIG Changes Basic Application parameters 148
>STKF SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Changes GPRS Configuration 155
>STKG SET_GPS_CONFIG Changes GPS parameters 156
>STKJ SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Changes GPRS Setup 156
>STKK SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Changes Geofence parameters 154
>STKL SET_ALERT_STATE Acknowledges or clears module alerts 147
>STKU SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT Controls Control Module Outputs 149
>STKV SET_PROV_CONFIG Changes SMS Communication parameters 157
>STKX SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG Changes Extended Application parameters 149
>STKY SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Changes module application parameters 158
>STKZ SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Changes Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 152
Table 55, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Header)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga4.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 146
TrimTrac Command and Response Summary
COMMANDS SENT TO TRIMTRAC RESPONSES SENT FROM TRIMTRAC
See
Page
Command Message Name Command
Header
Response
Header
Response Message Name See
Page
161 QUERY_LOG >QTKR >RTKR or
>RTK{1-4}
RESP_QUERY_LOG or RESP_QUERY_AGGR 179
164 QUERY_METERS >QTKM >RTKM RESP_METERS 178
164 QUERY_POSITION >QTKD >RTKS +/or
>RTKP
STATUS_MSG +/or REPORT_POS
167
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKA >RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG 170
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKX >RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG 171
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKZ >RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG 173
162 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKK >RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG 175
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKF >RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG 176
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKJ >RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG 177
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKG >RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG 175
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKV >RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG 178
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKX >RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG 171
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKY >RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG 180
147 SET_ALERT_STATE >STKL >RTKL RESP_ALERT_STATE 169
148 SET_APP_CONFIG >STKA >RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG 170
149 SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG >STKX >RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG 171
152 SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG >STKZ >RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG 173
154 SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG >STKK >RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG 175
155 SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG >STKF >RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG 176
156 SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG >STKJ >RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG 177
156 SET_GPS_CONFIG >STKG >RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG 175
157 SET_PROV_CONFIG >STKV >RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG 178
158 SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG >STKY >RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG 180
149 SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT >STKU >RTKU RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT 181
>RTKP REPORT_POS 167
>RTKS STATUS_MSG 167
Table 56, TrimTrac Command and Response Summary
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga5.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 147
Configuration Messages
The following messages are sent to the TrimTrac ProE to configure application,
GPS and GSM parameters and to set Vehicle Adapter or Control Module alert and
application parameters.
SET_ALERT_STATE
This message is sent to the TrimTrac ProE to acknowledge or clear alert states;
provided, however, that the TrimTrac ProE is connected to a Vehicle Adapter or
Control Module. When received the TrimTrac ProE will send a
RESP_ALERT_STATE (page 169) message in response, UNLESS:
1. the SET_ALERT_STATE messages attempts to Clear an alert before all
activated inputs have been returned to their normal non-alert conditions, in
which case, no RESP_ALERT_STATE message will be sent. Instead, a
new alert message will be generated.
2. If battery powered, sending the device a SET_ALERT_STATE message
will have no effect and not cause a RESP_ALERT_STATE message to be
returned.
>STKABCD;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘L’: Indicates alert state setting
B HPA Status: ‘X’ = Do not care, ‘3’ = Ack, ‘0’ = Clear
C MPA Status: ‘X’ = Do not care, ‘3’ = Ack, ‘0’ = Clear
D LPA Status: ‘X’ = Do not care, ‘3’ = Ack, ‘0’ = Clear
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 57, SET_ALERT_STATE Message
Sample SET_ALERT_STATE Message to ACKNOWLEDGE alerts:
>STKL333;PW=00000000;ID=00000000;*16<
Sample SET_ALERT_STATE Message to CLEAR all alerts:
>STKL000;PW=00000000;ID=00000000;*15<
NOTE: Sending a Clear command before returning all conditions to their normal, non-
alert states will re-initiate the alert message sequence. If you wish to silence an activated
alert before the monitored device or condition have been restored to their normal non-
alert state, then send an acknowledgement SET_ALERT_STATE message. This will not
clear the alert, but it will stop re-transmissions until the condition is cleared.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga6.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 148
SET_APP_CONFIG
The SET_APP_CONFIG message is used by the server application to set the
primary state machine parameters in the TrimTrac ProE. When received the
TrimTrac ProE will send a RESP_APP_CONFIG (page 170) message in
response.
>STKABBBBBBCCCCCCDDDDDDEEEEEEFFFFFFGGGTTHIJK;PW=PPPPPPP
P;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘A’ = Application Parameters
BBBBBB IDLE Timeout, T1. In seconds (10 – 999990). Default 43200
CCCCCC FIX Timeout, T2. In seconds (10 – 3600). Default 300
DDDDDD TRANSMIT Timeout, T3. In seconds (10 – 3600) Less than 300 not
recommended. Default 300
EEEEEE DELAY Timeout, T4. In seconds (10 – 86400). Default 900
FFFFFF QUERY Timeout, T5. In seconds (10 – 3600). Default 60
GGG Almanac Timeout, T6. In hours (10 – 990). Default 168
TT Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7. In seconds (0 – 90). Note: T7 is
used exclusively while in the IDLE state; however, it is superseded by
the Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, whenever Anytime Polling
is:
A. Set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Set “1-Duty-Cycled” and Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is
running.
Always set Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, greater than or equal
to Static Motion Filter Counter, N3. Default 20
H Motion Report Flag. 0=None
1=Start Motion Report
2=Stop Motion Report
3= Start & Stop Motion Reports. Default 0
I Report Delay Flag. 0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions & Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs, Exceptions & Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions & Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered message, Exceptions & Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered message, Exceptions & Respones
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses (No IDLE Status). Default 0
J Diagnostics Mode. 0= None; 1= LED. Default 1
K Communication Mode. 0= SMS; 1= GPRS; 2=AutoSelect.
Default 0
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY. Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 58, SET_APP_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga7.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 149
SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT
This message is sent by the server to set the Control Module Output pins to the
desired state. When received the device will send a RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT
(page 181) message.
>STKABCDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘U’: Indicates a set Control Module output message.
B Output 1: 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change.
C Output 2: 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change.
DDDD
DDDD
DDDD
DDDD
Reserved for future use. 16 digits. Must be sent as
‘0000000000000000’.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 59, SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga8.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 150
SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG
This message is used to set the Extended Application parameters in the TrimTrac
ProE. When received the TrimTrac ProE will send a RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG
(page 171) message in response.
>STKABCCCCCCDEFFFFFFGGGGGGHIJJJKKKLLMMNNO;PW=PPPPPPPP;
ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘X’ = Extended Application
Parameters
B Scheduled Report Mode. 0=None; 1=Daily; 2=Weekly. Default 0
CCCCCC Scheduled Report Time, T18. In Seconds (0-604799). Note: This
is either the seconds into the day or into the week for the device to
schedule transmission of a STATUS_MESSAGE plus the most
recently logged POSITION_REP, if any, when this feature is enabled.
If Scheduled Report Mode is set “0=None”, then enter 0. Default 0.
D In-Motion Polling. 0=Disabled; 1=OnDemand while in Motion. Note:
If set to “1=OnDemand while in Motion”, the unit is able to receive
and process data messages ONLY while in motion regardless of
current state. Default 0
E Anytime Polling. 0=Disabled; 1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE
State; 2=Anytime OnDemand. See “Polling” section on page 39.
Note: If set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, the unit is able to
receive and process data messages regardless of motion, current
state or how In-Motion Polling is set. If set “1=Duty-Cycled”,
unit is able to receive and process data messages while in
QUERY or whenever while Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20,
is running.. Default 0. Note: In-Motion Polling is treated as always
“1=Enabled” when Anytime Polling is set to “2=Anytime
OnDemand”.
FFFFFF Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19. In Seconds (10-999990).
Note: Determines how frequently the Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time,
T20, timer is started if and only if the Anytime Polling is set to
“1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE State” and device is NOT in
motion. Default 3600.
GGGGGG Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20. In Seconds (0, 10-999990).
Note: Determines how long after expiration of Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19, timer that the unit is able to receive and process data
messages. A value of zero causes the QUERY Timeout, T5, value to
be used. Default 60.
H Query Hold Flag. 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Note: Unit attempts to
reconnect to the GSM network if the connection is lost during the
QUERY state prior to the expiration of QUERY Timeout, T5. Default
0.
I Reserved. 0=Formerly “Extended Motion Detection” in TrimTrac
1.0 Not used in TrimTrac ProE. Default 0.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bga9.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 151
JJJ Position Report Transmit Attempts, N1. 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts. Default 1.
KKK Status Message Transmit Attempts, N2. 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set to 1 if Communication Mode set
“1=GPRS-only”. Default 1.
LL Static Motion Filter Counter, N3. In Seconds (1-90). Note: This
parameter is used only while Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is
running in the IDLE State. It is superseded by the Dynamic
Motion Filter Counter, N4 whenever:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to Anytime
Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
Always set Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, equal to or less than
Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7. Default 10.
MM Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21. In Seconds (1-90). Note:
T21 applies in TRANSMIT, QUERY and DELAY States. Also
applies in IDLE if:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to Anytime
Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, must always
be set equal to or greater than Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4;
else the unit may not exit QUERY state. Default 20.
NN Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4. In Seconds (1-90). Note:
This parameter is enabled only when Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21, is active.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, must always be set
equal to or less than the setting for Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout,
T21; else the unit may not exit QUERY state.. Default 10.
O Motion Sensor Override. 0=Normal; 1=Motion Always; 2=Motion
Never. Note: Overrides the motion sensor if set to a value other
than “0=Normal”.. Default 0.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 60, SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgaa.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 152
SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG
This message is used to set the Extended 2 Application parameters in the
TrimTrac ProE. When received the TrimTrac ProE will send a
RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG (page 173) message in response.
>STKABBBBCDDDDDEEEEEFGHIJJJKKKLMNNNOQQQUVVVVVVXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘Z’ = Extended 2
Application Parameters
BBBB Motion Counter Threshold: Counter (1-2000). Default 10
C Scheduled Hours Mode: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default 0
DDDDD Scheduled Hours Daily Start Time, T27: In Seconds (0 –
86399) after 12:00AM UTC.. Default 0
EEEEE Scheduled Hours Work Day Length, T28: In Seconds (0 –
86400). Default 43200
F Scheduled Hours First Weekly Work Day: 0=Sunday;
1=Monday; 2=Tuesday; 3=Wednesday; 4=Thursday; 5=Friday;
6=Saturday (All relative to UTC). Default1
G Scheduled Hours Work Days per Week: 1= One Day; 2=Two
Days; 3=Three Days; 4=Four Days; 5=Five Days; 6=Six Days;
7=Seven Days. Default 5
H Runtime Motion-based: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default 0.
I Runtime LPA-based: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default 0
JJJ Runtime Motion-based Countdown, T29: In Hours (0=No
Countdown, 1-990). Default 0
KKK Runtime LPA-based Countdown, T30: In Hours (0=No
Countdown, 1-990). Default 0
L Automatic Message Log Dump: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled.
Default 0
M GPS Fix Rate: 0=GPS operation during FIX State only; 1=1Hz
GPS operation except while stationary. Default 0
NNN LPA Input Arming Delay, T31: In Seconds (0-990). Default 0
0 Geofence Type: 0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive;
2=Exclusive
QQQ Speed Enforcement: 0=No Enforcement; 1-990 = Limit in
MPH. Default 0.
U Speeding Report Mode: 0=Report All Violations; 1=Report
Initial Violations Only. Default 0.
VVVVV Speeding Countdown Timer: In Seconds (0-99990). Default 0.
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXX
(23
chars)
Reserved. Must be 0.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgab.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 153
ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 61, SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgac.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 154
SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG
This message is used to set up a Geofence in the TrimTrac ProE device. When
received the TrimTrac ProE device will send a RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG
(page 175) message in response. Please note that all geofences must be the same
type (Boundary Crossing, Exclusive, Inclusive) as determined by either
SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG (page 152) or AT+CTKZ (page 134).
>STKABBCDEEEEEFFFFFGGGHHHHHHHIIIIJJJJJJJ;PW=PPPPPPPP;I
D=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘K’ = Geofence Parameters
BB Geofence ID: Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2.
C Geofence Enforcement: 0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input
Enforced; 3=LPA Centered and Enforced.. Default 0
D Geofence Schedule: 0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2=
During Scheduled Hours. (See Scheduled Hours Mode). Default:
0
EEEEE Geofence Delta X: 100s of meters (1 – 10000) Note: East-West
length of rectangular Geofence area or, if circular, the diameter.
1=100 Meters. Default 1.
FFFFF Geofence Delta Y: 100s of meters (0, 1 – 10000) Note: If set to
“0”, then circular Geofence area; else rectangular Geofence area.
1=100 Meters
GGG.HHHH
HHH
Geofence Center Latitude: WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees
to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = North and ‘-‘ = South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000). Default +0.0000000
IIII.JJJ
JJJJ
Geofence Center Longitude: WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of
Degrees to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = East and ‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000). Default +0.0000000
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 62, SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgad.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 155
SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG
This message is used to set the GPRS Connection Configuration Values in the
TrimTrac ProE device. When received the TrimTrac ProE device will send a
RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG (page 177) message in response.
>STKABCDDDDDEEEEEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF”;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID
=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘F’ = GPRS
Communication Configuration Parameters.
B GPRS Transport Protocol: 0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol
mandatory); 1=TCP. Default 1
C GPRS Session Protocol: 0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol
(See Separate ICD Document, v1.0). Default 0
DDDDD TrimTrac Session Keep-alive Timeout, T25: In Seconds
(0=Never; 1 –43200). Default: 300
EEEEE GPRS Session Timeout, T26: In Seconds (0=Never; 1–43200).
Default 0
FFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFF
FFFFF(21
chars)
GPRS Destination Address: GPRS destination address in the
following format: 111.222.333.444:12345. This represents an IP
Address and Port Number pair, maximum number string up to 21
characters. Note: The quote (“) symbol must be used to
terminate this text field. It may also be used to terminate this
field early. Default 0.0.0.0:0
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 63, SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgae.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 156
SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG
This message is used to set the GPRS Setup Configuration Values in the
TrimTrac ProE device. All GPRS setup provisioning parameters are provided by
the GPRS service provider. When received the TrimTrac ProE device will send a
RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG (page 177)message in response.
>STKABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB”CCCCCCCC
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC”DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD”
;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘J’ = GPRS Communication
Configuration Parameters
BBB…BBB
(40
chars)
GPRS APN: Access Point Name (APN) Web address up to 40
case sensitive alphanumeric characters as assigned by GPRS
network operator. Example: “apn.trimble.com”. Note: The
quote (“) symbol must be used to terminate this text field. It may
also be used to terminate this field early. Default <Empty>
CCC…CCC
(40
chars)
GPRS Username: Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters. Note: The quote (“) symbol must be used to
terminate this text field. It may also be used to terminate this
field early. Default <Empty>
DDD…DDD
(20
chars)
GPRS Password: Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters. Note: The quote (“) symbol must be used to
terminate this text field. It may also be used to terminate this
field early. Default <Empty>
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 64, SET_GPRS_SETUP _CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgaf.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 157
SET_GPS_CONFIG
The SET_GPS_CONFIG message is used by the server application to set the
TrimTrac GPS parameter values in the TrimTrac ProE. When received the
TrimTrac ProE will send a RESP_GPS_CONFIG (page 157) message in
response. Please note that these GPS configuration parameters will seldom need
to be changed from default values. It is NOT recommended that they be changed
without first consulting with your Trimble representative.
>STKABBCCCDDDEEEF;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘G’ = GPS Parameters
BB GPS Elevation Mask. In degrees (0-30). Default 5
CCC GPS PDOP Mask. In tenths of PDOP (60 – 200). Default 120
DDD GPS PDOP Switch. In tenths of PDOP (40 – 120). Default 60
EEE GPS Signal Mask. In tenths of AMUs (10 – 80). Default 14
F GPS Dynamics Mode. (Do Not Change). Default 5
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 65, SET_GPS_CONFIG Message
SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG
This message is used by the server to set the Application Parameter Values
associated with the Vehicle Adapter and Control Modules. When received the
TrimTrac ProE will send a RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG (page 180) message
in response.
>STKABBBBBBCCCCCCDDDDDDEEEEEEFFFFFFGGGGGGHHHHHHIIIJJJK
KKLMN;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A MODULE-only Configuration Set: ‘Y’ = MODULE-only
Parameters
BBBBBB HPA Idle Timeout, T11. In Seconds (10-999990) Default 10
CCCCCC MPA Idle Timeout, T12. In Seconds (10-999990). Default 10
DDDDDD HPA Delay Timeout, T13. In Seconds (10-86400). Default 10
EEEEEE MPA Delay Timeout, T14. In Seconds (10-86400). Default 10
FFFFFF HPA Transmit Timeout, T15. 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-
999990). Default 0
GGGGGG MPA Transmit Timeout, T16. 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds
(10-999990) If not set 0-Infinity, should be set no lower than
300 Seconds. Default 300
HHHHHH HPA Query Timeout, T17. In Seconds (10-3600). Default 60
III HPA Transmit Attempts, N5. 0=Until T15 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts before T15 expires. Default 0.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb0.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 158
JJJ MPA Transmit Attempts, N6. 0=Until T16 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts before T16 expires. Default 0
KKK LPA Transmit Attempts, N7. 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts before T3 expires. Default 0
L HPA Mode. 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only. Default 0
M 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network Acknowledgement; 3=
Monitor-only.
WARNING: Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter or Control
Module:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a 9-32 VDC
power source and install a 100k Ohm resistor across the
yellow wires; OR
B) Return MPA Mode to its default setting “1=Disabled”.
Default 1.
N LPA Mode. 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only (regardless of motion).
Default 0
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 66, SET_MODULE_CONFIG Message
SET_PROV_CONFIG
The SET_PROV_CONFIG message is used by the server application to set the
SMS Communication values in the TrimTrac ProE. When received by the
TrimTrac ProE, the unit will send a RESP_PROV_CONFIG (page 178) message
in response.
>STKABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;
*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘V’ = Provisioning
Parameters
BBBBBB
BBBBBB
BBBBBB
BBBBBB
SMS Destination Address. 24 characters including optional
international dialing “+” sign and country code for SMS messages.
Field padding in SPACES (not 0’s) before the international
dialing “+” sign. Default <Empty>.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 67, SET_PROV_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb1.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 159
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb2.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 160
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb3.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 161
Query Messages
QUERY_CONFIG
This QUERY_CONFIG message is used by the server application to request the
TrimTrac ProE send its TrimTrac Application, GPS or Communication
parameters in the appropriate response message as indicated below.
>QTKA;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: (Response Message)
‘A’ = Application Parameters (RTKA page 170)
‘F’ = GPRS Connection Parameters (RTKF page 176)
‘G’ = GPS Parameters (RTKG page177)
‘J’ = GPRS Setup Parameters (RTKJ page 177)
‘V’ = Provisioning Parameters (RTKP page 178)
‘X’ = Extended Application Para. (RTKX page 170)
‘Y’ = Module Application Para. (RTKY page 180)
‘Z’ = Extended 2 Application Para. (RTKZ page 173)
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 68, QUERY_CONFIG Message
QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUT
This message is sent by the server to request the current state of the Control
Module Outputs. TrimTrac ProE responds by sending
RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT (page 181) message.
>QTKA;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘U’: Indicates a query Control Module output message.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 69, QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUT Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb4.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 162
QUERY_GEOFENCE_CONFIG
This QUERY_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message is used by the server application
to request the TrimTrac ProE send its geofence parameters in the appropriate
RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG (page 175) message.
>QTKABB;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set:
‘K’ = Geofence Parameters
BB Geofence ID: Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2. Use lead 0.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 70, QUERY_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb5.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 163
QUERY_LOG
This message is used by the server application to request logged REPORT_POS
or STATUS_MSG messages that may not have been received at the server
application. The TrimTrac ProE will send the corresponding messages to the
server application in response to this message at the rate of one REPORT_POS or
STATUS_MSG per message. At the end of the messages a RESP_QUERY_LOG
or RESP_QUERY_AGGR is sent. The TrimTrac ProE log contains 1,024 of the
most recent messages. Care should be taken when structuring the QUERY_LOG
message. Querying the entire log, for instance, may result in the transmission of
all 1,024 logged messages.
>QTKABBBBCCCC[DE[FGHIJJJK[LLLLMMMMMM[NNNNOOOOOO]]]];PW
=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘R’: Indicates a query for old REPORT messages
BBBB Beginning Protocol Sequence Number. 16-bit Hex (0000-FFFF)
incrementing by 1 for each logged report.
CCCC Ending Protocol Sequence Number. 16-bit Hex (0000-FFFF)
incrementing by 1 for each logged report
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Optional
D Aggregate Log Reporting Flag: ‘T’ = enabled, ‘F’ = disabled.
When enabled, aggregate reports may be returned.
E Stop RESP_QUERY_LOG message from being sent: ‘T’ = do
not send, ‘F’ = send. Used to stop the unit from fulfilling
previous QUERY_LOG requests.
F Filter 1: 'Z' = All, 'U' = Unsent only.
G Filter 2: 'Z' = All, 'P' = Position only, 'S' = Status only.
H Filter 3: 'Z' = All, 'A' = Alert only
I Time range: 'Z' = Unused, 'N' = Newest, 'O' = Oldest
JJJ Maximum Number of Messages to be sent in response to the current
QUERY_LOG message. If non-zero then this limits the total number of
message that can be sent from the log. If zero then the number of messages
sent from the log limit is 1,024 messages. Applicable if Time range is not ‘Z’.
K Last Message: ‘1’ = automatically include the last message in
the log regardless of the filter settings, ‘0’ = don’t automatically
include the last message in the log.
LLLL GPS week number of starting date
MMMMMM GPS seconds into week of starting date.
NNNN GPS week number of ending date. 'Most recent' if not present.
OOOOOO GPS seconds into week of ending date. 'Most recent' if not
present.
Table 71, QUERY_LOG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb6.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 164
QUERY_METERS
This message is sent by the server to request the current state of the runtime
meters (See SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG for runtime meter setup instructions).
The meters can also be individually cleared via this message. TrimTrac ProE
responds by sending a RESP_METERS (page 178) message.
>QTKABC;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘M’: Indicates a query runtime meters message.
B Runtime Motion-based Query: 0=Report Only (No Reset);
1=Report with Reset
C Runtime LPA-based Query: 0=Report Only (No Reset);
1=Report with Reset
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 72, QUERY_METERS Message
QUERY_POSITION
This message is used to command the TrimTrac ProE to report either its current or
its most recently logged position depending upon how the Position Query Mode is
set in the QUERY_POSITION message as shown in Figure 34 on page165.
More specifically, the unit will compute and report a NEW position fix when
queried if and only if the Position Query Mode is set:
1. “P=Compute New Position Fix”, OR
2. “S=Compute if Position Aged” AND there has been motion since the
device last exited the FIX State (i.e. Position Age has become set
“1=Aged”).
If either of the foregoing settings and conditions are true and the device was able
to compute a new position fix as requested, then the unit will respond to the
QUERY_POSITION message by computing a new position fix and sending it in a
new REPORT_POS message (with TriggerType set to “3=Query”).
If the TrimTrac ProE was unable to compute a new position fix prior to
expiration of the GPS Fix Timeout specified in the QUERY_POSITION message,
then a new STATUS_MSG will be sent in response. This new STATUS_MSG
will have the TriggerType set “3=Query”, GPS Status Code set to some value
other than "0=3D Fix, 1=2D Fix or 7=No Fix Attempted" and the Position Age
flag will be set “1=Aged”. No other position information will be provided with
the response.
If either of the foregoing settings and conditions are true, or if Position Query
Mode is set “L=Status Report with Last Logged Position”, the unit will send a
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb7.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 165
Response to QUERY_POSITION
QTKD Rec’d
Position Query
Mode Set to
L=Last
Logged P=New Fix
S=New Fix if Motion
Since last Fix
Respond with:
New RTKS and
Last Logged RTKP
Respond with:
New RTKP
Respond with:
New RTKS
Yes
No
Motion Since
Last FIX State
Successful GPS
Fix
Yes
No
Figure 34. QUERY_POSITION Response Flowchart
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb8.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 166
new STATUS_MSG and the most recently logged REPORT_POS (in a single
SMS message if Communication Mode is set “0=SMS”) if:
1. QUERY_POSITION has the Position Query Mode set “L=Status
Report with Last Logged Position”; OR
2. QUERY_POSITION has the Position Query Mode set “S= Compute if
Position Aged”, but there has been no motion since the last logged
position (i.e. Position Aged is set “0=Current”); OR
3. No GPS fix was achieved prior to expiration of the GPS Fix Timeout
specified in the QUERY_POSITION message and:
a. QUERY_POSITION has the Position Query Mode set “S=
Compute if Position Aged” and there has been motion since the
last logged position (i.e. Position Aged is set “1=Aged”); OR
b. QUERY_POSITION Position Query Mode is set “P=Compute
New Position Fix”.
The new STATUS_MSG will have the TriggerType set to “3=Query” and the
Position Aged flag will be set ‘1’=Aged if there has been motion since the last
logged position; else the Position Aged flag will be set “1=Current”.
>QTKABCCCC;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘D’: Indicates a query Position message.
B Position Query Mode. S=Compute if Position Aged;
P=Compute New Position Fix; L=Status Report with Last
logged position
CCCC Position Query Fix Timeout. In Seconds (10-3600). Note:
Temporarily overrides current FIX Timeout, T2, if Position
Query Mode set to “S=Compute” and report current position.
Settings longer than 600 minutes are generally not
recommended. No default value.
PPPPPPPP Security Password. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER
CASE ONLY. . Default 00000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 73, QUERY_POSITION Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgb9.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 167
Position, Status and Response Messages
REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG
These two messages are the most common. The difference between the
REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG is that the REPORT_POS message contains
position information. STATUS_MSG does not contain any position.
>RTKABBBBCDDDEFFFFGGGGGGSTVOPQRWXabU[HHHIIIIIIIJJJJKKK
KKKKLLLLLLMMMNNN];ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Report Type: ‘P’ = Position Report
‘S’ = Status Report
BBBB Protocol Sequence Number. 16-bit Hex (0000-FFFF) incrementing
by 1 for each logged report.
C TriggerType
0=IDLE Timeout
1=Motion Detected
2=Exception Report Alert
3=Query
4=Scheduled Report
5=Runtime Meter Report
6=Start/Stop Report
7=Reserved
8=Attempted LPA-based Geofence Center while no GPS
DDD Battery Level. 0-100%, 999%=Low Voltage Cut-out.
E Battery Changed Flag. T=True; F=False
FFFF GPS Time Week. Always 4 Digits
GGGGGG GPS Time Seconds. Always 6 Digits.
S GPS Status Code.
0=3D GPS Fix
1=2D GPS Fix
2=Fix Timeout, 0 SVs
3=Fix Timeout, 1 SV
4=Fix Timeout, 2 SVs
5=Fix Timeout, 3 SVs
6=GPS Error
7=No Fix attempted
T GSM Status Code
0=Network Available
1=Message Logged (i.e. Report Delay Flag set=1)
2=Network Timeout
3=SIM Error / No SIM
4=SIM PIN Error
5=Pre-TX log (Low battery)
6=Modem Initialization Failure
7=GPRS Opening Failure
8=TCP Connection Failure
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgba.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 168
9=Session Protocol Failure
V Position Age: 0=Current (no motion since last position)
1=Aged (motion since last position)
O HPA Status: 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent;
3=Acknowledged; 4=Monitor Activated
P MPA Status: 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent;
3=Acknowledged; 4=Monitor Activated
Q LPA Status: 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent;
3=Acknowledged; 4=Monitor Activated
R External Power: 0=Bad (Below 5 VDC); 1=Good (5 VDC or
higher)
W Geofence Status: 0=Normal; 1=Violation; 5= Geofence Re-
centered by LPA Input
X Extended GPS Status code:
0=Internal Antenna, Almanac Complete
1=External Antenna, Almanac Complete
2=Int. Antenna, Almanac Incomplete
3=Ext.Antenna, Almanac Incomplete
Note: Always 0 if GPS Status Code set to 7
a Speeding Status: 0=Normal; 1=Violation
b Scheduled Hours Flag: 0=Normal; 1=Violation
U Reserved for future use
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Optional (Provided only if Position Report)
HHH.IIIIII
I
Latitude. WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7 decimal
places plus ‘+’ sign = North and ‘-‘ = South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000)
JJJJ.KKKKK
KK
Longitude. WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7 decimal
places plus ‘+’ sign = East and ‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000)
LLLLLL Altitude. WGS-84 Altitude reference to MSL. In Feet, always 5
Digits plus sign (-99999 to +99999)
MMM Speed. Miles Per Hour. Always 3 Digits.
NNN Heading. Relative to True North, increasing Easterly. Units of
Degrees. Always 3 Digits. (000-359).
Table 74, REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG Messages
Each new outbound REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG message is given a
Report Sequence number. The sequence number is 16 bits and increments by one
with each message created and rolls over to 0000 once the maximum 16-bit value
of FFFF is reached. The TrimTrac Application saves the message in non-volatile
memory each time one is created; this is called the Message Log. The Message
Log is a FIFO log of the last 1,024 REPORT_POS or STATUS_MSG messages
(whether transmitted or only logged) such that when it is full the oldest one is
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgbb.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 169
deleted. The Message Log can be queried with the QUERY_LOG message from
the server application.
RESP_ALERT_STATE
The TrimTrac ProE sends this message after a SET_ALERT_STATE (page 147)
request is received and processed; provided, however, that the TrimTrac ProE is
connected to a Vehicle Adapter or Control Module. If battery powered, then this
message will not be sent upon receipt of a SET_ALERT_STATE request.
>RTKABCD;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘L’: Indicates operation mode setting
B HPA Status. 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged;
4=Monitor Activated
C MPA Status. 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged;
4=Monitor Activated
D LPA Status. 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged;
4=Monitor Activated
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 75, RESP_ALERT_STATE Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgbc.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 170
RESP_APP_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_APP_CONFIG (page 148) and
QUERY_CONFIG (page 161) messages containing the Application Parameter
values.
>RTKABBBBBBCCCCCCDDDDDDEEEEEEFFFFFFGGGTTHIJKLLLLMMMMMMNP
P;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘A’ = Application Parameters
BBBBBB IDLE Timeout, T1. In seconds (10 – 999990)
CCCCCC FIX Timeout, T2. In seconds (10 – 3600)
DDDDDD TRANSMIT Timeout, T3. In seconds (10 – 3600) Less than 300 not
recommended
EEEEEE DELAY Timeout, T4. In seconds (10 – 86400)
FFFFFF QUERY Timeout, T5. In seconds (10 – 3600)
GGG Almanac Timeout, T6. In hours (10 – 990)
TT Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7. In seconds (0 – 90). Note: T7 is used
exclusively while in the IDLE state; however, it is superseded by the
Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, whenever Anytime Polling is:
A. Set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Set “1-Duty-Cycled” and Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is
running.
Always set Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, greater than or equal to
Static Motion Filter Counter, N3.
H Motion Report Flag. 0=None
1=Start Motion Report
2=Stop Motion Report
3= Start & Stop Motion Reports
I Report Delay Flag. 0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions & Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs, Exceptions & Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions & Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered message, Exceptions & Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered message, Exceptions & Respones
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses (No IDLE Status)
J Diagnostics Mode. 0= None; 1= LED
K Communication Mode. 0= SMS; 1= GPRS; 2=AutoSelect
LLLL Battery Change Week: GPS Week Number, always 4 digits
MMMMMM Battery Change Time: Seconds into GPS Week, always 6 digits
N.PP Firmware Version: Numeric String
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 76, RESP_APP_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgbd.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 171
RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG (page 150) and
QUERY_CONFIG (page 161) message containing the Extended Application
Parameter values.
>RTKABCCCCCCDEFFFFFFGGGGGGHIJJJKKKLLMMNNO;ID=YYYYYYYY;
*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘X’ = Extended Application
Parameters
B Scheduled Report Mode. 0=None; 1=Daily; 2=Weekly
CCCCCC Scheduled Report Time, T18. In Seconds (0-604799). Note: This
is either the seconds into the day or into the week for the device to
schedule transmission of a STATUS_MESSAGE plus the most
recently logged POSITION_REP, if any, when this feature is enabled.
If Scheduled Report Mode is set “0=None”, then enter 0.
D In-Motion Polling. 0=Disabled; 1=OnDemand while in Motion. Note:
If set to “1=OnDemand while in Motion”, the unit is able to receive
and process data messages ONLY while in motion regardless of
current state.
E Anytime Polling. 0=Disabled; 1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE State;
2=Anytime OnDemand. See “Polling” section on page 39. Note:
If set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, the unit is able to receive and
process data messages regardless of motion, current state or how
In-Motion Polling is set. If set “1=Duty-Cycled”, unit is able to
receive and process data messages while in QUERY or
whenever while Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running..
Default 0. Note: In-Motion Polling is treated as always “1=Enabled”
when Anytime Polling is set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”.
FFFFFF Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19. In Seconds (10-999990).
Note: Determines how frequently the Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time,
T20, timer is started if and only if the Anytime Polling is set to
“1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE State” and device is NOT in
motion. Default 3600. Note: Determines the frequency at which the
QUERY state is enabled while in the IDLE state if and only if the
Anytime Polling is set to “1=Duty-Cycled”.
GGGGGG Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20. In Seconds (0, 10-999990).
Note: Determines how long after expiration of Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19, timer that the unit is able to receive and process data
messages. A value of zero causes the QUERY Timeout, T5, value to
be used. Default 60.
H Query Hold Flag. 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Note: Unit attempts to
reconnect to the GSM network if the connection is lost during the
QUERY state prior to the expiration of QUERY Timeout, T5.
I Reserved. 0=Formerly “Extended Motion Detection” in TrimTrac
1.0 Not used in TrimTrac ProE.
JJJ Position Report Transmit Attempts, N1. 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgbe.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 172
KKK Status Message Transmit Attempts, N2. 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set to 1 if Communication Mode set
“1=GPRS-only”.
LL Static Motion Filter Counter, N3. In Seconds (1-90). Note: This
parameter is used only while Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is
running in the IDLE State. It is superseded by the Dynamic
Motion Filter Counter, N4 whenever:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to Anytime
Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
Always set Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, equal to or less than
Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7. Default 10.
MM Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21. In Seconds (1-90). Note:
T21 applies in TRANSMIT, QUERY and DELAY States. Also
applies in IDLE if:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to Anytime
Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, must always
be set equal to or greater than Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4;
else the unit may not exit QUERY state. Default 20.
NN Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4. In Seconds (1-90). Note:
This parameter is enabled only when Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21, is active.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, must always be set
equal to or less than the setting for Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout,
T21; else the unit may not exit QUERY state.. Default 10.
O Motion Sensor Override. 0=Normal; 1=Motion Always; 2=Motion
Never. Note: Overrides the motion sensor if set to a value other
than “0=Normal”.. Default 0.
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 77, RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgbf.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 173
RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG (page 152) and
QUERY_CONFIG (page 161)message containing the Extended 2 Application
Parameter values.
>RTKABBBBCDDDDDEEEEEFGHIJJJKKKLMNNNOQQQUVVVVVVXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘Z’ = Extended 2
Application Parameters
BBBB Motion Counter Threshold: Counter (1-2000). Default 10
C Scheduled Hours Mode: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default 0
DDDDD Scheduled Hours Daily Start Time, T27: In Seconds (0 –
86399) after 12:00AM UTC.. Default 0
EEEEE Scheduled Hours Work Day Length, T28: In Seconds (0 –
86400). Default 43200
F Scheduled Hours First Weekly Work Day: 0=Sunday;
1=Monday; 2=Tuesday; 3=Wednesday; 4=Thursday; 5=Friday;
6=Saturday (All relative to UTC). Default1
G Scheduled Hours Work Days per Week: 1= One Day; 2=Two
Days; 3=Three Days; 4=Four Days; 5=Five Days; 6=Six Days;
7=Seven Days. Default 5
H Runtime Motion-based: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default 0.
I Runtime LPA-based: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Default 0
JJJ Runtime Motion-based Countdown, T29: In Hours (0=No
Countdown, 1-990). Default 0
KKK Runtime LPA-based Countdown, T30: In Hours (0=No
Countdown, 1-990). Default 0
L Automatic Message Log Dump: 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled.
Default 0
M GPS Fix Rate: 0=GPS operation during FIX State only; 1=1Hz
GPS operation except while stationary. Default 0
NNN LPA Input Arming Delay, T31: In Seconds (0-990). Default 0
0 Geofence Type: 0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive;
2=Exclusive
QQQ Speed Enforcement: 0=No Enforcement; 1-990 = Limit in
MPH. Default 0.
U Speeding Report Mode: 0=Report All Violations; 1=Report
Initial Violations Only. Default 0.
VVVVV Speeding Countdown Timer: In Seconds (0-99990). Default 0.
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXX
(23
chars)
Reserved. Must be 0.
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc0.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 174
ZZ Checksum.
Table 78, RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc1.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 175
RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_GEOFENCE _CONFIG (page 154)and
QUERY_GEOFENCE_CONFIG (page 162) message containing the Geofence
Parameter values. It is also sent with any REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG
having TriggerType set “2=Exception Report Alert” and Geofence Status set
“1=Violation” or “5=New LPA-based Geofence”, except when some other new
event, such as a Speed Violation, has triggered the REPORT_POS OR
STATUS_MSG. The RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG message sent with either a
REPORT_POS OR STATUS_MSG will be for the geofence most recently
violated or boundary most recently crossed.
>RTKABBCDEEEEEFFFFFGGGHHHHHHHIIIIJJJJJJJ;ID=YYYYYYYY;*
ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘K’ = Geofence Parameters
BB Geofence ID: Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2.
C Geofence Enforcement: 0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input
Enforced; 3=LPA Centered and Enforced.. Default 0
D Geofence Schedule: 0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2=
During Scheduled Hours. (See Scheduled Hours Mode). Default:
0
EEEEE Geofence Delta X: 100s of meters (1 – 10000) Note: East-West
length of rectangular Geofence area or, if circular, the diameter.
1=100 Meters. Default 1.
FFFFF Geofence Delta Y: 100s of meters (0, 1 – 10000) Note: If set to
“0”, then circular Geofence area; else rectangular Geofence area.
1=100 Meters
GGG.HHHH
HHH
Geofence Center Latitude: WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees
to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = North and ‘-‘ = South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000). Default +0.0000000.
IIII.JJJ
JJJJ
Geofence Center Longitude: WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of
Degrees to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’ sign = East and ‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000). Default +0.0000000
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 79, RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc2.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 176
RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_GPRS_CONNECT _CONFIG (page
155) and QUERY_CONFIG (page 176) message containing the GPRS
Connection Parameter values.
>RTKABCDDDDDEEEEEFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF”;ID=YYYYYYYY;*Z
Z<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘F’ = GPRS
Communication Configuration Parameters.
B GPRS Transport Protocol: 0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol
mandatory); 1=TCP. Default 1
C GPRS Session Protocol: 0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol
(See Separate ICD Document, v1.0). Default 0
DDDDD TrimTrac Session Keep-alive Timeout, T25: In Seconds
(0=Never; 1 –43200). Default: 300
EEEEE GPRS Session Timeout, T26: In Seconds (0=Never; 1–43200).
Default 0
FFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFF
FFFFF(21
chars)
GPRS Destination Address: GPRS destination address in the
following format: 111.222.333.444:12345. This represents an IP
Address and Port Number pair, maximum number string up to 21
characters. Note: The quote (“) symbol must be used to
terminate this text field. It may also be used to terminate this
field early. Default 0.0.0.0:0
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 80, RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc3.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 177
RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_GPRS_SETUP _CONFIG (page 156)
and QUERY_CONFIG (page 177) message containing the GPRS Setup
Parameter values.
>RTKABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB”CCCCCCCC
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC”DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD”
;PW=PPPPPPPP;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac ProE Configuration Set: ‘J’ = GPRS Communication
Configuration Parameters
BBB…BBB
(40
chars)
GPRS APN: Access Point Name (APN) Web address up to 40
case sensitive alphanumeric characters as assigned by GPRS
network operator. Example: “apn.trimble.com”. Note: The
quote (“) symbol must be used to terminate this text field. It may
also be used to terminate this field early. Default <Empty>
CCC…CCC
(40
chars)
GPRS Username: Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters. Note: The quote (“) symbol must be used to
terminate this text field. It may also be used to terminate this
field early. Default <Empty>
DDD…DDD
(20
chars)
GPRS Password: Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric
characters. Note: The quote (“) symbol must be used to
terminate this text field. It may also be used to terminate this
field early. Default <Empty>
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 81, RESP_GPRS_SETUP _CONFIG Message
RESP_GPS_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_GPS_CONFIG (page 157) and
QUERY_CONFIG (page 177) message containing the GPS Configuration.
>RTKABBCCCDDDEEEF;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘G’ = GPS Parameters
BB GPS Elevation Mask. In degrees (0-30)
CCC GPS PDOP Mask. In tenths of PDOP (60 – 200)
DDD GPS PDOP Switch. In tenths of PDOP (40 – 120)
EEE GPS Signal Mask. In tenths of AMUs (10 – 80)
F GPS Dynamics Mode.
(Do Not Change)
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 82, RESP_GPS_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc4.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 178
RESP_METERS
This is the response message to the QUERY_METERS (page 164) message. This
message is also sent whenever either Runtime meter reaches it automatic report
threshold, if so enabled. (See SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG page 152 for runtime
meter setup instructions).
>RTKABCDDDDDDDDDDEEEEEEEEEE;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘M’: Indicates a query runtime meters message.
B Runtime Motion-based Reset Confirmation: 0=Report
without Reset; 1=Report with Reset; 2=Disabled
C Runtime LPA-based Reset Confirmation: 0=Report without
Reset; 1=Report with Reset; 2=Disabled
DDDDD
DDDDD
Runtime Motion-based Reading: Accumulated seconds since
last reset, always 10 digits
EEEEE
EEEEE
Runtime LPA-based Reading: Accumulated seconds since last
reset, always 10 digits
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 83, RESP_METERS Message
RESP_PROV_CONFIG
This is the response message to the SET_PROV_CONFIG (page 158)and
QUERY_CONFIG (page 161) message containing the provisioning information.
>RTKABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A TrimTrac Configuration Set: ‘V’ = Provisioning
Parameters
BBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBB
SMS Destination Address. 24 characters including optional
international dialing “+” sign and country code for SMS messages.
Field padding in SPACES (not 0’s) before the international
dialing “+” sign
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 84, RESP_PROV_CONFIG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc5.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 179
RESP_QUERY_AGGR
The TrimTrac ProE sends this message after a QUERY_LOG (page 163) request
is received and processed, and if Aggregate Log Reporting Flag is ‘enabled’. It
will contain messages in aggregated format as shown below. The entire message
can be no more than 160-byte SMS message.
>RTKA{B};ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A ‘1’ to ‘4’: Indicates number of REPORT_POS messages
contained in this RESP_QUERY_AGGR message.
B Message fields from Report Type to the first semi-colon
(excluded).
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 85, RESP_Query_AGGR Message
RESP_QUERY_LOG
This message is sent after a QUERY_LOG (page 163) request is received and
processed. It will contain the number of messages actually retrieved from the
Message Log and sent to the server application.
>RTKABBBB;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘R’: Indicates a response to a QUERY_LOG
BBBB Number of messages sent from the log up to a maximum of 1,024
messages. If -001, then one or more QUERY_LOG parameters
were set outside of allowed ranges.
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 86, RESP_QUERY_LOG Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc6.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 180
RESP_MODULE_APP
This is the by the TrimTrac ProE in response to the
SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG (page 157) and QUERY_CONFIG (page 161)
message.
>RTKABBBBBBCCCCCCDDDDDDEEEEEEFFFFFFGGGGGGHHHHHHIIIJJJKKKLMN;ID=YY
YYYYYY;*ZZ<
A MODULE-only Configuration Set: ‘Y’ = MODULE-only
Parameters
BBBBBB HPA Idle Timeout, T11. In Seconds (10-999990)
CCCCCC MPA Idle Timeout, T12. In Seconds (10-999990)
DDDDDD HPA Delay Timeout, T13. In Seconds (10-86400)
EEEEEE MPA Delay Timeout, T14. In Seconds (10-86400)
FFFFFF HPA Transmit Timeout, T15. 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-
999990)
GGGGGG MPA Transmit Timeout, T16. 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds
(10-999990) If not set 0-Infinity, should be set no lower than
300 Seconds
HHHHHH HPA Query Timeout, T17. In Seconds (10-3600)
III HPA Transmit Attempts, N5. 0=Until T15 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts before T15 expires
JJJ MPA Transmit Attempts, N6. 0=Until T16 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts before T16 expires
KKK LPA Transmit Attempts, N7. 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-
255=Number of Tx Attempts before T3 expires
L HPA Mode. 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only
M MPA Mode. 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only.
WARNING: Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter or Control
Module:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a 9-32 VDC
power source and install a 100k Ohm resistor across the
yellow wires; OR
B) Return MPA Mode to its default setting “1=Disabled”.
N LPA Mode. 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only (regardless of motion)
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 87, RESP_MODULE_APP Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc7.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 181
RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT
This is the by the TrimTrac ProE in response to the SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT
(page 149)or QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUT (page 161) messages.
>RTKABCDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD;ID=YYYYYYYY;*ZZ<
A Always ‘U’: Indicates a set Control Module output message.
B Output 1 Status: 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change
(STKU-only); 3=No Module Attached
C Output 2 Status: 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change
(STKU-only); 3=No Module Attached
DDDDDDDDD
DDDDDDD
Reserved for future use. Must be sent as ‘0000000000000000’.
YYYYYYYY Unit ID. Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY
ZZ Checksum.
Table 88, RESP_MODULE_OUTPUT Message
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc8.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 182
Specifications
GSM Specifications
GSM 850/900/1800/1900 MHz
Normal MS – SMS Data Only
Class 4 (2W) @ 900 MHz
(EGSM) and 850 MHz (GSM)
Class 1 (1W) @ 1800 MHz
(GSM 1800 DCS) and 1900
MHz (GSM 1900 PCS)
Subscriber Identity Module
1.8/3.0 Volt
Type Approvals
FCC Part 15, FCC Part 24
Industry Canada
CE MARK
EC R&TTE Type Examination
GPS Specifications
General
L1 (1575.42 MHz) frequency,
C/A code
Sensitivity
Minimum –136.0 dBm with
GSM coverage.
Accuracy
Horizontal: < 6 meters (50%)
Altitude: <11 meters (50%)
Acquisition
Signal Power -130.0 dB -136.0 dB
Hot Start (50%) <24 sec
Warm Start (50%)<38 sec <80 sec
Cold Start (50%) <90 sec
Dynamics
Acceleration: 4g (39.2 m/sec2)
Motional jerk: 20 m/sec3
Environmental
Specifications
Temperature
Operating: -10oC to + 55oC
Humidity
5% to 95% RH non-
condensing @ +40oC
Vibration*
0.008 g2/Hz 5 Hz to 20 Hz
0.05g2/Hz 20 Hz to 100 Hz
-3 dB/octave 100 Hz to 900 Hz
Shock*
Operational: 40g for 11mSec
Non-operational:
75g for 6 mSec
* = Requires Vehicle Adapter
or Control Module
Physical Specifications
Assembly
Injection molded plastic with
integrated battery pack
Size
143 mm x 76 mm x38 mm
5.78” x 2.99” x1.44”
Weight
205 grams ( 7.2 oz) not
including batteries
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgc9.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 183
TrimTrac Part Numbers
The following are Trimble part numbers for the TrimTrac ProE and accessories:
Part
Number
Description
TrimTrac ProE with Cover and Battery Module
TrimTrac ProE with Cover and Vehicle Adapter Module
TrimTrac ProE with Cover and Vehicle Adapter and Battery
Modules
TrimTrac ProE with Cover and Control Module
TrimTrac ProE with Cover and Control and Battery Modules
TrimTrac ProEvisioning Module Kit
TrimTrac ProE Starter Kit
Accessories and Parts
TrimTrac ProE Base
TrimTrac ProE Cover
TrimTrac ProE Battery Module
TrimTrac Vehicle Adapter Module
TrimTrac ProE Control Module
TrimTrac ProEvisioning Module
TrimTrac Metal Bracket
TrimTrac Plastic Bracket
TrimTrac ProE CD-ROM Technical Manual
USB A-to-A Cable
Table 89, TrimTrac and TrimTrac ProE Part Numbers
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgca.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 184
Bibliography
European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI). ETSI is the standards
body for GSM worldwide operations. Specifications on various aspects of GSM
phone operations (AT commands, installation requirements, and terminology) are
available for download from ETSI at: www.etsi.org
GPS, A Guide to the Next Utility, Trimble P/N 18239 (1992). A short, non-
technical introduction to GPS. Explains what GPS does, how it works, and its
capabilities and limitations. www.trimble.com
GSM Made Simple, by George Lamb published by Cordero Consulting and Regal
Printing, Atlanta GA, 1997 (ISBN 0-966-57520-2).
GSM World. The GSM World site has information on the technical and business
aspects of GSM. Contact information is available for GSM carriers as well as
GSM hardware manufacturers. www.gsmworld.com
ICD-GPS-200. NAVSTAR GPS Space Segment: Navigation User Interfaces,
drawing number ICD-GPS-200 (3 July 1991). The official definition of the data
formats used in NAVSTAR GPS satellite signals. www.navcen.uscg.gov/gps
Commanding Officer
USCG NAVCEN
7323 Telegraph Road
Alexandria, VA 22315
703-313-5900
Proceedings of the Institute of Navigation, Washington DC. A series of three
volumes of papers describing GPS Theory published between 1980 and 1986 by
the Institute of Navigation. Essential source material for system designers.
www.ion.org
SAE J1455 Joint SAE/TMC Recommended Environmental Practices for
Electronic Equipment Design (Heavy Duty Trucks). www.sae.org
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgcb.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 185
Glossary
The Glossary defines technical terms and abbreviations used in this manual. It
includes terms from the fields of wireless communications and GPS technology.
0D Time only in GPS terminology.
2D Two dimensions and time in GPS terminology.
3D Three dimensions and time in GPS terminology.
2D GPS Two-dimensional GPS position fix and time.
3D GPS Three-dimensional GPS position fix and time.
Altitude Height above mean sea level (MSL).
ASCII American Standard Code for Information
Interchange.
C/A Coarse Acquisition code used to receive GPS signals
with receivers designed operate using SPS (Standard
Positioning Service).
Checksum The message checksum field provides for a two-digit
hexadecimal checksum value, which is computed by
XOR’ing all characters from the beginning of the
sentence up to and including the * character. The
checksum is always the last element of the sentence
before the message < delimiter. The use of checksums
can help in instances where the communication
channel is noisy.
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute.
GMT Greenwich Mean Time.
GPRS General Packet Radio Service.
GPS Global Positioning System.
GSM Global System for Mobile communications.
HPA High Priority Alert
IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity.
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity.
Latitude Latitude coordinate of position fix with positive value
indicating North.
LED Light-Emitting Diode.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgcc.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 186
Longitude Longitude coordinate of position fix with positive
value indicating East.
LPA Low Priority Alert
MPA Medium Priority Alert
PC Windows (2000, XP)-compatible Personal Computer.
PCS Personal Communications Service.
PIN Personal Identity Number.
RF Radio Frequency.
SIM Subscriber Identity Module.
SMPP Short Message Peer to Peer.
SMS Short Message Service.
SPS Standard Positioning Service.
TAIP Trimble ASCII Interface Protocol.
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
VAM Vehicle Adapter Module
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgcd.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 187
Quick Reference Tables
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgce.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 188
Basic Unit, SMS and Security Parameters, Messages and Command
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
Unit ID Unique unit identifier. Always 8 alphanumeric characters,
UPPER CASE ONLY, and can only be changed using
Provisioning Module.
00000000 >STK(all)
>QTK(all)
AT+CTKP
SMS Destination
Address
Destination address to which all SMS messages will be sent
(See GPRS Destination Address for IP addresses). Must be
entered prior to initial deployment, but can be subsequently
changed using either a Provisioning Module or over-the-air
command. 24 characters including optional international
dialing “+” sign and country code for SMS messages.
<Empty> >STKV
>QTKV
>RTKV
AT+CTKP
SIM PIN Entered only if required by SIM card and can be entered or
changed using Provisioning Module. If used, must be between
4 and 8 digits.
<Empty> >STKV AT+CTKP
Security Password Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE ONLY.
Non-default entries can only be made using Provisioning
Module.
00000000 >STK(all)
>QTK(all)
AT+CTKP
Table 90, Basic Unit, SMS and Security Parameters, Messages and Command
GPS Parameters, Messages and Commands
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
GPS Elevation Mask In degrees (0-30) 5
GPS Signal Mask In tenths of AMUs (10 – 80) 14
GPS PDOP Mask In tenths of PDOP (60 – 200) 120
GPS PDOP Switch In tenths of PDOP (40 – 120) 60
GPS Dynamics Mode (Do Not Change) 5
>STKG
>QTKG
>RTKG
AT+CTKG
Table 91, GPS Parameters, Messages and Command
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgcf.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 189
Basic State Machine Parameters, Messages and Commands
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
IDLE Timeout, T1 In seconds (10 – 999990) 43200
FIX Timeout, T2 In seconds (10 – 3600) 300
TRANSMIT Timeout,
T3
In seconds (10 – 3600) Less than 300 not recommended 300
DELAY Timeout, T4 In seconds (10 – 86400) 900
QUERY Timeout, T5 In seconds (10 – 3600) 60
Almanac Timeout, T6 In hours (10 – 990) 168
Static Motion Filter
Timeout, T7
In seconds (0 – 90). Note: T7 is used exclusively while in the IDLE
state; however, it is superseded by the Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21, whenever Anytime Polling is:
A. Set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Set “1-Duty-Cycled” and Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is
running.
Always set Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, greater than or equal to
Static Motion Filter Counter, N3.
20
Motion Report Flag 0=None
1=Start Motion Report
2=Stop Motion Report
3= Start & Stop Motion Reports
0
Report Delay Flag 0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions & Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs, Exceptions & Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions & Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered message, Exceptions & Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered message, Exceptions & Respones
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses (No IDLE Status)
0
Diagnostics Mode 0= None; 1= LED 1
Communication Mode 0= SMS; 1= GPRS; 2=AutoSelect 0
>STKA
>QTKA
>RTKA
AT+CTKC
Table 92, Basic State Machine Parameters, Messages and Command
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd0.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 190
Enhanced Feature Parameter Ranges and Default Settings
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
Scheduled Report Mode 0=None; 1=Daily; 2=Weekly 0
Scheduled Report Time,
T18
In Seconds (0-604799). Note: This is either the seconds into
the day or into the week for the device to schedule
transmission of a STATUS_MESSAGE plus the most
recently logged POSITION_REP, if any, when this feature is
enabled. If Scheduled Report Mode is set “0=None”, then
enter 0.
0
In-Motion Polling 0=Disabled; 1=OnDemand while in Motion. Note: If set to
“1=OnDemand while in Motion”, the unit is able to receive
and process data messages ONLY while in motion regardless
of current state.
0
Anytime Polling 0=Disabled; 1=Duty-Cycled while in IDLE State;
2=Anytime OnDemand. See “Polling” section on page 39.
Note: If set to “2=Anytime OnDemand”, the unit is able to
receive and process data messages regardless of motion,
current state or how In-Motion Polling is set. If set
“1=Duty-Cycled”, unit is able to receive and process data
messages while in QUERY or whenever while Polling Duty-
Cycle On-Time, T20, is running.
0
Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19
In Seconds (10-999990). Note: Determines how frequently
the Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, timer is started if and
only if the Anytime Polling is set to “1=Duty-Cycled while
in IDLE State” and device is NOT in motion.
3600
Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20
In Seconds (0, 10-999990). Note: Determines how long after
expiration of Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19, timer that
the unit is able to receive and process data messages. A
value of zero causes the QUERY Timeout, T5, value to be
used.
60
>STKX
>QTKX
>RTKX
AT+CTKX
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd1.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 191
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
Query Hold Flag 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Note: Unit attempts to reconnect to
the GSM network if the connection is lost during the
QUERY state prior to the expiration of QUERY Timeout,
T5.
0
Reserved 0=Formerly “Extended Motion Detection” in TrimTrac 1.0
Not used in TrimTrac ProE.
0
Position Report
Transmit Attempts, N1
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set to 1
if Communication Mode set “1=GPRS-only”
1
Status Message
Transmit Attempts, N2
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set to 1
if Communication Mode set “1=GPRS-only”
1
Static Motion Filter
Counter, N3
In Seconds (1-90). Note: This parameter is used only while
Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7, is running in the IDLE
State. It is superseded by the Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4 whenever:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to
Anytime Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
Always set Static Motion Filter Counter, N3, equal to or less
than Static Motion Filter Timeout, T7.
10
Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21
In Seconds (1-90). Note: T21 applies in TRANSMIT,
QUERY and DELAY States. Also applies in IDLE if:
A. Anytime Polling is set “2=Anytime OnDemand”; OR
B. Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20, is running due to
Anytime Polling being set “1=Duty-Cycled”.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, must
always be set equal to or greater than Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4; else the unit may not exit QUERY state.
20
>STKX
>QTKX
>RTKX
AT+CKTX
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd2.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 192
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4
In Seconds (1-90). Note: This parameter is enabled only
when Dynamic Motion Filter Timeout, T21, is active.
WARNING: Dynamic Motion Filter Counter, N4, must
always be set equal to or less than the setting for Dynamic
Motion Filter Timeout, T21; else the unit may not exit
QUERY state..
10
Motion Sensor Override 0=Normal; 1=Motion Always; 2=Motion Never. Note:
Overrides the motion sensor if set to a value other than
“0=Normal”..
0
>STKX
>QTKX
>RTKX
AT+CTKX
Table 93, Enhanced Feature Parameters and Defaults.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd3.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 193
Vehicle Adapter or Control Module Parameter Ranges and Default Settings
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
HPA Idle Timeout, T11 In Seconds (10-999990) 10
MPA Idle Timeout, T12 In Seconds (10-999990) 10
HPA Delay Timeout, T13 In Seconds (10-86400) 10
MPA Delay Timeout, T14 In Seconds (10-86400) 10
HPA Transmit Timeout, T15 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990) 0
MPA Transmit Timeout, T16 0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990) If not set
0-Infinity, should be set no lower than 300
Seconds.
300
HPA Query Timeout, T17 In Seconds (10-3600) 60
HPA Transmit Attempts, N5 0=Until T15 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx
Attempts before T15 expires
0
MPA Transmit Attempts, N6 0=Until T16 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx
Attempts before T16 expires
0
LPA Transmit Attempts, N7 0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T3 expires
0
HPA Mode 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only
0
MPA Mode 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only.
WARNING: Before inserting a Vehicle Adapter
or Control Module:
A) Connect the red (+) and black (-) wires to a
9-32 VDC power source and install a 100k Ohm
resistor across the yellow wires; OR
B) Return MPA Mode to its default setting
“1=Disabled”.
1
LPA Mode 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only (regardless of
motion)
0
>STKY
>QKTY
>RTKY
AT+CTKY
Table 94, Vehicle Adapter or Control Module Parameters and Defaults.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd4.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 194
GPRS Communication Provisioning Read/Write Parameters :
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
GPRS APN Access Point Name (APN) Web address up to 40 case
sensitive alphanumeric characters as assigned by GPRS
network operator. Example: “apn.trimble.com”.
<Empty>
GPRS Username Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric characters <Empty>
GPRS Password Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric characters <Empty>
>STKJ
>QTKJ
>RTKJ
AT+CTKJ
TrimTrac Session Keep-
alive Timeout, T25
In Seconds (0=Never; 1 –43200) Note: Idle time before
sending “Keep-alive” packet. Only TrimTrac Session
Protocol is enabled.
300
GPRS Session Protocol 0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol (See Separate ICD
Document, v1.0)
0
GPRS Transport Protocol 0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol mandatory); 1=TCP 1
GPRS Session Timeout,
T26
In Seconds (0=Never; 1–43200) Note: Idle time before
closing current GPRS session and opening a new GPRS
session.
0
GPRS Destination
Address
GPRS destination address in the following format:
111.222.333.444:12345. This represents an IP Address
and Port Number pair, maximum number string up to 21
characters Note: IP_Address and Port to which all GPRS
packets will be sent (See “SMS Destination Address” for
SMS messages).
0.0.0.0:0
>STKF
>QTKF
>RTKF
AT+CTKF
Table 95, GPRS Communication Provisioning Read/Write Parameters.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd5.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 195
Extended TrimTrac ProE Read/ Write Parameters :
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
Motion Counter Threshold Counter (1-2000). Note: Number of motion counts per
second required before motion counter is set.
10
Scheduled Hours Mode 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0
Scheduled Hours Daily
Start Time, T27
In Seconds (0 – 86399) after 12:00AM UTC. 0
Scheduled Hours Work
Day Length, T28
In Seconds (0 – 86400) Note: Number of seconds worked
each workday.
43200
Scheduled Hours First
Weekly Work Day
0=Sunday; 1=Monday; 2=Tuesday; 3=Wednesday;
4=Thursday; 5=Friday; 6=Saturday (All relative to UTC)
1
Scheduled Hours Work
Days per Week
1= One Day; 2=Two Days; 3=Three Days; 4=Four Days;
5=Five Days; 6=Six Days; 7=Seven Days
5
Runtime Motion-based 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0
Runtime LPA-based 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0
Runtime Motion-based
Countdown, T29
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990) 0
Runtime LPA-based
Countdown, T30
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990) 0
Automatic Message Log
Dump
0=Disabled; 1=Enabled. Note: Causes previously unsent
messages to be transmitted upon re-entering GSM network
coverage.
0
GPS Fix Rate 0=GPS operation during FIX State only; 1=1Hz GPS
operation except while stationary. Note: 1 Hz used for
Geofence monitoring and last known position reporting.
0
LPA Input Arming Delay,
T31
In Seconds (0-990). Number of seconds after initial
contact closure before LPA becomes “Armed”.
0
>STKZ
>QTKZ
>RTKZ
AT+CTKZ
Speed Enforcement 0=No Enforcement; 1-990 = Limit in MPH 0
Speeding Report Mode 0=Report All Violations; 1=Report Initial Violations Only 0
Speeding Countdown
Timer
In Seconds (0-99990) 0
Table 96, Extended TrimTrac ProE Read/Write Parameters.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd6.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 196
Geofence Settings:
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Commands
Geofence ID Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2 1
Geofence Enforcement 0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input Enforced; 3=LPA
Centered and Enforced.
0
Geofence Schedule 0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2= During Scheduled
Hours. (See Scheduled Hours Mode)
0
Geofence Delta X 100s of meters (1 – 10000) Note: East-West length of
rectangular Geofence area or, if circular, the diameter.
1=100 Meters
1
Geofence Delta Y 100s of meters (0, 1 – 10000) Note: If set to “0”, then
circular Geofence area; else rectangular Geofence area.
1=100 Meters
1
Geofence Center Latitude WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7 decimal
places plus ‘+’ sign = North and ‘-‘ = South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000)
+0.0000000
Geofence Center
Longitude
WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7 decimal
places plus ‘+’ sign = East and ‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000)
+0.0000000
>STKK
>QTKK
>RTKK
AT+CTKK
Geofence Type 0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive; 2=Exclusive 1 >STKZ AT+CTKZ
Table 97, Geofence Settings.
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd7.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 197
Stateless Operations
Parameter Unit/Notes Message or Command
Output 1 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change
Output 2 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change
>STKU
Runtime Motion-based
Query
0=Report Only (No Reset); 1=Report with Reset
Runtime LPA-based Query 0=Report Only (No Reset); 1=Report with Reset
>QTKM
Position Query Mode S=Compute if Position Aged; P=Compute New Position Fix; L=Status
Report with Last logged position.
Position Query Fix Timeout In Seconds (10-3600). Note: Temporarily overrides current FIX
Timeout, T2, if Position Query Mode set to “S=Compute” and report
current position. Settings longer than 600 minutes are generally not
recommended.
>QTKD
Erase/Restore Mode 1= Restore Defaults; 2=Erase Message Log; 3=Erase Log & Restore
Defaults
AT+CTKE
Table 98, Stateless Operations
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd8.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 198
Read-Only Parameters, Formats and Ranges
Parameter Value Messages
Protocol Sequence Number 16-bit Hex (0000-FFFF) incrementing by 1 for each logged report
TriggerType 0=IDLE Timeout
1=Motion Detected
2=Exception Report Alert
3=Query
4=Scheduled Report
5=Runtime Meter Report
6=Start/Stop Report
7=Reserved
8=Attempted LPA-based Geofence Center while no GPS
Battery Level 0-100%, 999%=Low Voltage Cut-out
Battery Changed Flag T=True; F=False
GPS Time Week Always 4 Digits
GPS Time Seconds Always 6 Digits
GPS Status Code 0=3D GPS Fix
1=2D GPS Fix
2=Fix Timeout, 0 SVs
3=Fix Timeout, 1 SV
4=Fix Timeout, 2 SVs
5=Fix Timeout, 3 SVs
6=GPS Error
7=No Fix attempted
Extended GPS Status code 0=Internal Antenna, Almanac Complete
1=External Antenna, Almanac Complete
2=Int. Antenna, Almanac Incomplete
3=Ext.Antenna, Almanac Incomplete
Note: Always 0 if GPS Status Code set to 7
>RTKP
>RTKS
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgd9.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 199
Parameter Value Messages
GSM Status Code 0=Network Available
1=Message Logged (i.e. Report Delay Flag set=1)
2=Network Timeout
3=SIM Error / No SIM
4=SIM PIN Error
5=Pre-TX log (Low battery)
6=Modem Initialization Failure
7=GPRS Opening Failure
8=TCP Connection Failure
9=Session Protocol Failure
Position Age 0=Current (no motion since last position)
1=Aged (motion since last position)
HPA Status 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged; 4=Monitor
Activated
MPA Status 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged; 4=Monitor
Activated
LPA Status 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged; 4=Monitor
Activated
Geofence Status 0=Normal; 1=Violation; 5= Geofence Re-centered by LPA Input
External Power 0=Bad (Below 5 VDC); 1=Good (5 VDC or higher)
Scheduled Hours Flag 0=Normal; 1=Violation
Speeding Status 0=Normal; 1=Violation
>RTKP
>RTKS
Latitude WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’
sign = North and ‘-‘ = South.
(-90.0000000 to +90.0000000)
Longitude WGS-84 Coordinates. Units of Degrees to 7 decimal places plus ‘+’
sign = East and ‘-‘ = West.
(-180.0000000 to +180.0000000)
Altitude WGS-84 Altitude reference to MSL. In Feet, always 5 Digits plus
sign (-99999 to +99999)
Speed Miles Per Hour. Always 3 Digits
Heading Relative to True North, increasing Easterly. Units of Degrees.
Always 3 Digits. (000-359)
>RTKP
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgda.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 200
Parameter Value Messages
Runtime Motion-based Reading Accumulated seconds since last reset, always 10 digits
Runtime LPA-based Reading Accumulated seconds since last reset, always 10 digits
Runtime Motion-based Reset
Confirmation
0=Report without Reset; 1=Report with Reset; 2=Disabled
Runtime LPA-based Reset
Confirmation
0=Report without Reset; 1=Report with Reset; 2=Disabled
>RTKM
Battery Change Week GPS Week Number, always 4 digits
Battery Change Time Seconds into GPS Week, always 6 digits
Firmware Version Numeric String
>RTKA
Output 1 Status 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change (STKU-only); 3=No
Module Attached
Output 2 Status 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change (STKU-only); 3=No
Module Attached
>RTKU
Table 99, Read-only Parameters
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgdb.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 201
Parameter List (All)
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
Almanac Timeout, T6 In hours (10 – 990) 168 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Altitude Feet (-9999 to 99999) >RTKP AT+CTKP
Anytime Polling 0=Disabled; 1=Duty-Cycled; 2=OnDemand 0=Disabled >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Automatic Message Log
Dump
0=Disabled
1=Enabled
0=Disabled >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Battery Change Time GPS Time Seconds >RTKP, >RTKS
Battery Change Week GPS Time Week >RTKP, >RTKS
Battery Changed Flag T=True; F=False >RTKP, >RTKS
Battery Level 0-100%, 999%=Low Voltage Cut-out >RTKP, >RTKS
Communication Mode 0= SMS; 1= GPRS; 2=AutoSelect 0 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
DELAY Timeout, T4 In seconds (10 – 86400) 900 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Diagnostics Mode 0= None; 1= LED 1 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Dynamic Motion Filter
Timeout, T21
In Seconds (1-90) 20 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Dynamic Motion Filter
Counter, N4
In Seconds (1-90) 10 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Erase/Restore Mode 1= Restore Defaults; 2=Erase Message Log; 3=Erase
Log & Restore Defaults
None AT+CTKE
Extended GPS Status code 0=Internal Antenna, Almanac Complete
1=External Antenna, Almanac Complete
2=Int. Antenna, Almanac Incomplete
3=Ext.Antenna, Almanac Incomplete
Note: Always 0 if GPS Status Code set to 7
>RTKP, >RTKS
External Power 0=Bad (Below 5 VDC); 1=Good (5 VDC or higher) >RTKP, >RTKS
Firmware Version Numeric String >RTKA ATI
FIX Timeout, T2 In seconds (10 – 3600) 300 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Geofence Center Latitude -90.0000000 to +90.0000000 Degrees +0.0000000 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
Geofence Center
Longitude
-180.0000000 to +180.0000000 Degrees +0.0000000 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
Geofence Delta X 100s of meters 1 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgdc.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 202
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
Geofence Delta Y 100s of meters 1 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
Geofence Enforcement 0=Disabled; 1=Enforced; 2=LPA Input Enforced;
3=LPA Centered and Enforced.
0 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
Geofence ID Unique geofence identifier 1 or 2 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
Geofence Schedule 0=24/7; 1=After Scheduled Hours; 2= During Scheduled
Hours. (See Scheduled Hours Mode)
0 >STKK, >RTKK AT+CTKK
Geofence Status 0=Normal; 1=Violation; 5= Geofence Re-centered by
LPA Input
>RTKP, >RTKS
Geofence Type 0=Boundary Crossing; 1=Inclusive; 2=Exclusive 1 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
GPRS APN Access Point Name (APN) Web address up to 40 case
sensitive alphanumeric characters as assigned by GPRS
network operator. Example: “apn.trimble.com”.
<Empty> >STKJ, >RTKJ AT+CTKJ
GPRS Destination
Address
GPRS destination address in the following format:
111.222.333.444:12345. This represents an IP Address
and Port Number pair, maximum number string up to 21
characters
0.0.0.0:0 >STKF, >RTKF AT+CTKF
GPRS Password Up to 20 case sensitive alphanumeric characters <Empty> >STKJ, >RTKJ AT+CTKJ
TrimTrac Session Keep-
alive Timeout, T25
TrimTrac Session Keep-alive Timeout, T25 300 >STKF, >RTKF AT+CTKF
GPRS Session Protocol 0=None; 1=TrimTrac Session Protocol (See Separate
ICD Document, v1.0)
0 >STKF, >RTKF AT+CTKF
GPRS Session Timeout,
T26
In Seconds (0=Never; 1–43200) 0 >STKF, >RTKF AT+CTKF
GPRS Transport Protocol 0=UDP (TrimTrac Session Protocol mandatory); 1=TCP 1 >STKF, >RTKF AT+CTKF
GPRS Username Up to 40 case sensitive alphanumeric characters <Empty> >STKJ, >RTKJ AT+CTKJ
GPS Dynamics Mode (Do Not Change) 5 >STKG, >RTKG AT+CTKG
GPS Elevation Mask In degrees (0-30) 5 >STKG, >RTKG AT+CTKG
GPS Fix Rate 0=GPS operation during FIX State only; 1=1Hz GPS
operation except while stationary
0 >STKZ, >STKZ AT+CTKZ
GPS PDOP Mask In tenths of PDOP (60 – 200) 120 >STKG, >RTKG AT+CTKG
GPS PDOP Switch In tenths of PDOP (40 – 120) 60 >STKG, >RTKG AT+CTKG
GPS Signal Mask In tenths of AMUs (10 – 80) 14 >STKG, >RTKG AT+CTKG
GPS Status Code 0=3D GPS Fix >RTKP, >RTKS
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgdd.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 203
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
1=2D GPS Fix
2=Fix Timeout, 0 SVs
3=Fix Timeout, 1 SV
4=Fix Timeout, 2 SVs
5=Fix Timeout, 3 SVs
6=GPS Error
7=No Fix attempted
GPS Time Seconds Always 6 Digits >RTKP, >RTKS
GPS Time Week Always 4 Digits >RTKP, >RTKS
GSM Status Code 0=Network Available
1=Message Logged (i.e. Report Delay Flag set=1)
2=Network Timeout
3=SIM Error / No SIM
4=SIM PIN Error
5=Pre-TX log (Low battery)
6=Modem Initialization Failure
7=GPRS Opening Failure
8=TCP Connection Failure
9=Session Protocol Failure
>RTKP, >RTKS
Heading Relative to True North, increasing Easterly. Units of
Degrees. Always 3 Digits. (000-359)
>RTKP
HPA Delay Timeout, T13 In Seconds (10-86400) 10 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
HPA Idle Timeout, T11 In Seconds (10-999990) 10 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
HPA Mode 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only
0 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
HPA Query Timeout, T17 In Seconds (10-3600) 60 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
HPA Status 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged;
4=Monitor Activated
>RTKP, >RTKS
HPA Transmit Attempts,
N5
0=Until T15 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T15 expires
0 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
HPA Transmit Timeout,
T15
0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990) 0 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
IDLE Timeout, T1 In seconds (10 – 999990) 43200 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgde.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 204
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
In-Motion Polling 0=Disabled; 1=OnDemand 0 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Latitude -90.0000000 to +90.0000000 Degrees >RTKP
Longitude -180.0000000 to +180.0000000 Degrees >RTKP
LPA Input Arming Delay,
T31
In Seconds (0-990) 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
LPA Mode 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only (regardless of
motion)
0 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
LPA Status 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged;
4=Monitor Activated
>RTKP, >RTKS
LPA Transmit Attempts,
N7
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T3 expires
0 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
Motion Counter Threshold Counter (1-2000) 10 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Motion Report Flag 0=None
1=Start Motion Report
2=Stop Motion Report
3= Start & Stop Motion Reports
0 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Motion Sensor Override 0=Normal; 1=Motion Always; 2=Motion Never. Note:
Overrides the motion sensor if set to a value other than
“0=Normal”..
0 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
MPA Delay Timeout, T14 In Seconds (10-86400) 10 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
MPA Idle Timeout, T12 In Seconds (10-999990) 10 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
MPA Mode 0=Automatic; 1=Disabled; 2=Network
Acknowledgement; 3= Monitor-only
1 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
MPA Status 0=Normal; 1=Activated; 2=Sent; 3=Acknowledged;
4=Monitor Activated
>RTKP, >RTKS
MPA Transmit Attempts,
N6
0=Until T16 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts
before T16 expires
0 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
MPA Transmit Timeout,
T16
0=Infinity; Else in Seconds (10-999990) If not set 0-
Infinity, should be set no lower than 300 Seconds
300 >STKY, >RTKY AT+CTKY
Output 1 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change >STKU
Output 1 Status 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change (STKU-
only); 3=No Module Attached
>RTKU
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bgdf.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 205
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
Output 2 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change >STKU
Output 2 Status 0=Output Low; 1=Output High; 2=No Change (STKU-
only); 3=No Module Attached
>RTKU
Polling Duty-Cycle
Frequency, T19
In Seconds (10-999990) 3600 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Polling Duty-Cycle On-
Time, T20
In Seconds (0, 10-3600) 60 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Position Age 0=Current (no motion since last position)
1=Aged (motion since last position)
>RTKP, >RTKS
Position Query Fix
Timeout
In Seconds (10-3600) >QTKD
Position Query Mode S=Compute if Position Aged; P=Compute New Position
Fix; L=Status Report with Last logged position
>QTKD
Position Report Transmit
Attempts, N1
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts 1 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Protocol Sequence
Number
16-bit Hex (0000-FFFF) incrementing by 1 for each
logged report
>RTKP, >RTKS
Query Hold Flag 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
QUERY Timeout, T5 In seconds (10 – 3600) 60 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Report Delay Flag 0=Transmit (“Tx”) All Messages
1=Tx Exception Reports & Query/Set Responses only
2=Tx Motion-related, Exceptions & Responses
3=Tx IDLE Timeout, T1, Status Msgs, Exceptions &
Responses
4=Tx Start/Stop, IDLE Status, Exceptions & Responses
5=Tx every 6th motion-triggered message, Exceptions &
Respones
6=Tx every 11th motion-triggered message, Exceptions
& Respones
7=Tx Start/Stop, Exception & Responses (No IDLE
Status)
0 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Reserved 0 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Runtime LPA-based 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge0.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 206
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
Runtime LPA-based
Countdown, T30
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990) 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Runtime LPA-based
Query
0=Report Only (No Reset); 1=Report with Reset >QTKM
Runtime LPA-based
Reading
Accumulated seconds since last reset, always 10 digits >RTKM
Runtime LPA-based Reset
Confirmation
0=Report without Reset; 1=Report with Reset;
2=Disabled
>RTKM
Runtime Motion-based 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Runtime Motion-based
Countdown, T29
In Hours (0=No Countdown, 1-990) 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Runtime Motion-based
Query
0=Report Only (No Reset); 1=Report with Reset >QTKM
Runtime Motion-based
Reading
Accumulated seconds since last reset, always 10 digits >RTKM
Runtime Motion-based
Reset Confirmation
0=Report without Reset; 1=Report with Reset;
2=Disabled
>RTKM
Scheduled Hours Daily
Start Time, T27
In Seconds (0 – 86399) after 12:00AM UTC. 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Scheduled Hours First
Weekly Work Day
0=Sunday; 1=Monday; 2=Tuesday; 3=Wednesday;
4=Thursday; 5=Friday; 6=Saturday (All relative to UTC)
1 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Scheduled Hours Flag 0=Normal; 1=Violation >RTKP, >RTKS
Scheduled Hours Mode 0=Disabled; 1=Enabled 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Scheduled Hours Work
Day Length, T28
In Seconds (0 – 86400) 43200 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Scheduled Hours Work
Days per Week
1= One Day; 2=Two Days; 3=Three Days; 4=Four Days;
5=Five Days; 6=Six Days; 7=Seven Days
5 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Scheduled Report Mode 0=None; 1=Daily; 2=Weekly 0 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Scheduled Report Time,
T18
In Seconds (0-604799) 0 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Security Password Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY.
00000000 >STK(all),
>QTK(all)
AT+CTKP
SIM PIN If used, must be between 4 and 8 digits. <Empty> >STKP AT+CTKP
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge1.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 207
Parameter Unit/Notes Default Messages Command
SMS Destination Address 24 characters including optional international dialing “+”
sign and country code for SMS messages.
<Empty> >STKP, >RTKP AT+CTKP
Speed Miles Per Hour. Always 3 Digits >RTKP, >RTKS
Speeding Countdown
Timer
In Seconds (0-99990) 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Speed Enforcement 0=No Enforcement; 1-990 = Limit in MPH 0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Speeding Report Mode 0=Report All Violations; 1=Report Initial Violations
Only
0 >STKZ, >RTKZ AT+CTKZ
Speeding Status 0=Normal; 1=Violation >RTKP, >RTKS
Static Motion Filter
Counter, N3
In Seconds (1-90) 10 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
Static Motion Filter
Timeout, T7
In Seconds (1-90) 20 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
Status Message Transmit
Attempts, N2
0=Until T3 Expires; 1-255=Number of Tx Attempts. Set
to 1 if Communication Mode set “1=GPRS-only”
1 >STKX, >RTKX AT+CTKX
TRANSMIT Timeout, T3 In seconds (10 – 3600) Less than 300 not recommended 300 >STKA, >RTKA AT+CTKC
TriggerType 0=IDLE Timeout
1=Motion Detected
2=Exception Report Alert
3=Query
4=Scheduled Report
5=Runtime Meter Report
6=Start/Stop Report
7=Reserved
8=Attempted LPA-based Geofence Center while no GPS
>RTKP, >RTKS
Unit ID Always 8 alphanumeric characters, UPPER CASE
ONLY
00000000 >RTK(all) AT+CTKP
Figure 35, Parameter Index (All)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge2.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 208
AT Command and Default Summary
Command Description Default Settings See
Page
AT+CTKC Assigns Application parameters
AT+CTKC? Queries Application parameters
AT+CTKC=43200,300,300,900,60,168,20,0,0,1,0
117
AT+CTKF Assigns GPRS Connection parameters
AT+CTKF? Queries GPRS Connection parameters
AT+CTKF=1,0,300, 0,”0.0.0.0:0”
119
AT+CTKJ Assigns GPRS Setup parameters
AT+CTKJ? Queries GPRS Setup parameters
AT+CTKJ=””,””,””
121
AT+CTKG Assigns GPS parameters
AT+CTKG? Queries GPS parameters
AT+CTKG=5,120,60,14,5
122
AT+CTKK Assigns Geofence parameters
AT+CTKK? Queries Geofence parameters
AT+CTKK=1,0,0,1,1,”+0.0000000”,”+0.0000000”
AT+CTKK=2,0,0,1,1,”+0.0000000”,”+0.0000000”
123
AT+CTKP Assigns SMS Communication parameters
AT+CTKP? Queries SMS Communication parameters
AT+CTKP=“00000000”,””,””, “00000000”
125
AT+CTKX Assigns Extended Application parameters
AT+CTKX? Queries Extended Application parameters
AT+CTKX=0,0,0,0,3600,60,0,0,1,1,10,20,10,0
127
AT+CTKY Assign Vehicle Adapter and Control
Module parameters
AT+CTKY? Queries Vehicle Adapter and Control
Module parameters
AT+CTKY=10,10,10,10,0,300,60,0,0,0,0,1,0
131
AT+CTKZ Assigns Extended 2 Application parameters
AT+CTKZ? Queries Extended 2 Application parameters
AT+CTKZ=10,0,0,43200,1,5,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0
,0,0,0,0,0,0
134
AT+CTKE Restores Defaults and/or Erases Log Not Applicable 119
AT+CTKO? Retrieves Logged Messages Not Applicable 134
ATI Queries Firmware Version Not Applicable 136
Table 100, Summary of AT Commands and Defaults
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge3.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 209
TrimTrac Application Protocol Message Summary (Sorted by Name)
Header Message Name Description See Page
>QTK{x} QUERY_CONFIG Requests current configuration settings where x=A,F,G,J,K,V,X,Y or Z 161
>QTKR QUERY_LOG Requests logged messages (REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG) 161
>QTKM QUERY_METERS Requests/Clears current state of Runtime Meters 164
>QTKD QUERY_POSITION Requests current or logged position information 164
>QTKU QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUTS Requests current status of Control Module outputs 166
>RTKP REPORT_POS Basic position message 167
>RTKL RESP_ALERT_STATE Reports acknowledgment or, if conditions all normal, clearing of alerts 169
>RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG Reports current Basic Application parameters 170
>RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG Reports current Extended Application parameters 171
>RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Reports Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 173
>RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Reports Geofence parameters 175
>RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Reports GPRS Configuration 176
>RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Reports GPRS Setup 177
>RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG Reports GPS parameters 175
>RTKM RESP_METERS Reports Runtime meter readings 178
>RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG Reports current SMS Communication parameters 178
>RTK{1-4} RESP_QUERY_AGGR Reports summary of two logged messages 179
>RTKR RESP_QUERY_LOG Reports requested logged messages 179
>RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Reports current module application parameters 180
>RTKU RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT Reports current Control Module Output condition 181
>STKL SET_ALERT_STATE Acknowledges or clears Module alerts 147
>STKA SET_APP_CONFIG Changes Basic Application parameters 148
>STKX SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG Changes Extended Application parameters 149
>STKZ SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Changes Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 152
>STKK SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Changes Geofence parameters 154
>STKF SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Changes GPRS Configuration 155
>STKJ SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Changes GPRS Setup 156
>STKG SET_GPS_CONFIG Changes GPS parameters 156
>STKV SET_PROV_CONFIG Changes SMS Communication parameters 157
>STKY SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Changes Module application parameters 158
>STKU SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT Controls Control Module Outputs 149
>RTKS STATUS_MSG Same as REPORT_POS except no location/altitude/velocity data 167
Table 101, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Name)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge4.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 210
TrimTrac Application Protocol Message Summary (Sorted by Header)
Header Message Name Description See Page
>QTK{x} QUERY_CONFIG Requests current configuration settings where x=A,F,G,J,K,V,X,Y or Z 161
>QTKD QUERY_POSITION Requests current or logged position information 164
>QTKM QUERY_METERS Requests/Clears current state of Runtime Meters 164
>QTKR QUERY_LOG Requests logged messages (REPORT_POS and STATUS_MSG) 161
>QTKU QUERY_CONTROL_OUTPUTS Requests current status of Control Module outputs 166
>RTK{1-4} RESP_QUERY_AGGR Reports summary of two logged messages 179
>RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG Reports current Basic Application parameters 170
>RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Reports GPRS Configuration 176
>RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG Reports GPS parameters 175
>RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Reports GPRS Setup 177
>RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Reports Geofence parameters 175
>RTKL RESP_ALERT_STATE Reports acknowledgment or, if conditions all normal, clearing of alerts 169
>RTKM RESP_METERS Reports Runtime meter readings 178
>RTKP REPORT_POS Basic position message 167
>RTKR RESP_QUERY_LOG Reports requested logged messages 179
>RTKS STATUS_MSG Same as REPORT_POS except no location/altitude/velocity data 167
>RTKU RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT Reports current Control Module Output condition 181
>RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG Reports current SMS Communication parameters 178
>RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG Reports current Extended Application parameters 171
>RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Reports current Module application parameters 180
>RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Reports Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 173
>STKA SET_APP_CONFIG Changes Basic Application parameters 148
>STKF SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG Changes GPRS Configuration 155
>STKG SET_GPS_CONFIG Changes GPS parameters 156
>STKJ SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG Changes GPRS Setup 156
>STKK SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG Changes Geofence parameters 154
>STKL SET_ALERT_STATE Acknowledges or clears Module alerts 147
>STKU SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT Controls Control Module Outputs 149
>STKV SET_PROV_CONFIG Changes SMS Communication parameters 157
>STKX SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG Changes Extended Application parameters 149
>STKY SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG Changes module application parameters 158
>STKZ SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG Changes Scheduled Hours, Runtime Meters and other parameters 152
Table 102, TrimTrac Application Protocol Messages (Sorted by Header)
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge5.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 211
TrimTrac Command and Response Summary
COMMANDS SENT TO TRIMTRAC RESPONSES SENT FROM TRIMTRAC
See
Page
Command Message Name Command
Header
Response
Header
Response Message Name See
Page
161 QUERY_LOG >QTKR >RTKR or
>RTK{1-4}
RESP_QUERY_LOG or RESP_QUERY_AGGR 179
164 QUERY_METERS >QTKM >RTKM RESP_METERS 178
164 QUERY_POSITION >QTKD >RTKS +/or
>RTKP
STATUS_MSG +/or REPORT_POS
167
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKA >RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG 170
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKX >RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG 171
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKZ >RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG 173
162 QUERY_GEOFENCE_CONFIG >QTKK >RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG 175
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKF >RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG 176
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKJ >RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG 177
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKG >RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG 175
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKV >RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG 178
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKX >RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG 171
161 QUERY_CONFIG >QTKY >RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG 180
147 SET_ALERT_STATE >STKL >RTKL RESP_ALERT_STATE 169
148 SET_APP_CONFIG >STKA >RTKA RESP_APP_CONFIG 170
149 SET_EXT_APP_CONFIG >STKX >RTKX RESP_EXT_APP_CONFIG 171
152 SET_EXT2_APP_CONFIG >STKZ >RTKZ RESP_EXT2_APP_CONFIG 173
154 SET_GEOFENCE_CONFIG >STKK >RTKK RESP_GEOFENCE_CONFIG 175
155 SET_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG >STKF >RTKF RESP_GPRS_CONNECT_CONFIG 176
156 SET_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG >STKJ >RTKJ RESP_GPRS_SETUP_CONFIG 177
156 SET_GPS_CONFIG >STKG >RTKG RESP_GPS_CONFIG 175
157 SET_PROV_CONFIG >STKV >RTKV RESP_PROV_CONFIG 178
158 SET_MODULE_APP_CONFIG >STKY >RTKY RESP_MODULE_APP_CONFIG 180
149 SET_CONTROL_OUTPUT >STKU >RTKU RESP_CONTROL_OUTPUT 181
>RTKP REPORT_POS 167
>RTKS STATUS_MSG 167
Table 103, TrimTrac Command and Response Summary
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge6.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 212
Parameter Cross Reference TrimTrac ProE Versus Earlier TrimTrac Versions
TrimTrac ProE Previous TrimTrac Versions Reason/Comment
In-Motion Polling DELAY State Polling Mode Concurrent GPS & GSM enabled
SMS Destination Address Destination Address Avoid confusion with GPRS address
Reserved Dynamic Motion Filter Motion detector is always filtered
Polling Duty-Cycle On-Time, T20 IDLE State Cycled Polling Duration, T20 More Descriptive
Polling Duty-Cycle Frequency, T19 IDLE State Cycled Polling Interval, T19 More Descriptive
Anytime Polling IDLE State Polling Mode Concurrent GPS & GSM enabled
300 Seconds 60 Seconds Minimum setting for TRANSMIT
Timeout, T3
All other existing parameter names/values unchanged
Table 104. Parameter Name Field Cross-Reference
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge7.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 213
Figure 36. Vehicle Adapter Module Alert Wiring Diagram
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge8.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 214
Figure 37. Control Module Wiring Diagram
![](/img.php?id=833392&img=bge9.png)
TrimTrac ProE Locator Technical Manual v2.0e 215
CONTROL MODULE INSTALLATION NOTES
(See Control Module Wiring Diagram On Previous Page)
Table 105. Control Module Installation Notes